Skip to main content

Full text of "AS-NZS 3500-3: Plumbing and drainage - Part 3: Stormwater drainage"

See other formats


NEWZEALAND 



3^ EDICT OF GOVERNMENT "^l 

In order to promote public education and public safety, equal justice for all, 
a better informed citizenry, the rule of law, world trade and world peace, 
this legal document is hereby made available on a noncommercial basis, as it 
is the right of all humans to know and speak the laws that govern them* 



AS-NZS 3500-3 (2003) (English) : Plumbing and 
drainage - Part 3: Stormwater drainage [By Authority 
of New South Wales Code of Practice - Plumbing and 
Drainage] 



>^(jI& ^ w (d^ cJ^ 



We will sell to no man, 
we will not deny or defer to any man either justice or right. 

Magna Carta— Tutohinga Nui 

Kore rawa e hoko ki te tangata, e kore e whakakdihoretia, 

e tautuku ranei te tangata ki te ture, tika ranei. 




Gr^GfhG^GfhG^GfiiG^G{^Gf^GfhG^Gfh0 



BLANK PAGE 



^*-^^^ 





PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT 



^ 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

(Incorporating Amendment Nos 1 and 2) 
(A3 appended) 



STAIMDARDS 

N E \A/ ZEALAND 

PAEREWA A or E A R OA 



Australian/New Zealand Standard™ 



Plumbing and drainage 
Part 3: Stormwater drainage 



STANDARDS 




AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



This Joint Australian/New Zealand Standard was prepared by Joint Technical 
Committee WS-014, Plumbing and drainage. It was approved on behalf of the 
Council of Standards Australia on I November 2003 and on behalf of the Council 
of Standards New Zealand on 19 November 2003. 
This Standard was published on 15 December 2003. 



The following are represented on Committee WS-014: 

Association of Accredited Certification Bodies 

Association of Consulting Engineers Australia 

Association of Hydraulic Services Consultants Australia 

Australian Industry Group 

Australian Steel Institute 

Building Officials Institute of New Zealand 

Business New Zealand 

Department of Infrastructure, Energy and Resources (Tasmania) 

Engineers Australia 

Housing Industry Association 

Master Plumbers, Gastltters and Drainlayers New Zealand 

Plastics Industry Pipe Association of Australia 

Plastics New Zealand 

Plumbing Industry Commission 



Keeping Standards up-to-date 

Standards are living documents which reflect progress in science, technology and 
systems. To maintain their currency, all Standards are periodically reviewed, and 
new editions are published. Between editions, amendments may be issued. 
Standards may also be withdrawn. It is important that readers assure themselves 
they are using a current Standard, which should include any amendments which 
may have been published since the Standard was purchased. 

Detailed information about joint Australian/New Zealand Standards can be found by 
visiting the Standards Web Shop at www.saiglobal.com.au or Standards New 
Zealand web site at www.standards.co.nz and looking up the relevant Standard in 
the on-line catalogue. 

For more frequent listings or notification of revisions, amendments and 
withdrawals, Standards Australia and Standards New Zealand offer a number of 
update options. For information about these services, users should contact their 
respective national Standards organization. 

We also welcome suggestions for improvement in our Standards, and especially 
encourage readers to notify us immediately of any apparent inaccuracies or 
ambiguities. Please address your comments to the Chief Executive of either 
Standards Australia or Standards New Zealand at the address shown on the back 
cover. 



This Standard was issued in draft, form for comment as DR 03 198. 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

(Incorporating Amendment Nos 1 and 2) 



Australian/New Zealand Standard 

Plumbing and drainage 
Part 3; Stormwater drainage 



TM 



Originated as part of AS CS 3—1931. 

Previous edition AS/NZS 3500.3.2:1998. 

Jointly revised and redesignated as AS/NZS 3500.3:2003. 

Reissued incorporating Amendment No. 1 (July 2006). 

Reissued incorporating Amendment No. 2 (March 2010). 



COPYRIGHT 

© Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand 

Ail rights are reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or copied in any form or by 
any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, without the written 
permission of the publisher. 

Jointly published by Standards Australia, GPO Box 476, Sydney, NSW 2001 and Standards 
New Zealand, Private Bag 2439, Wellington 6140 

ISBN 7337 5604 2 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



PREFACE 

This Standard was prepared by the Joint Standards Australia/Standards New Zealand 
Committee WS-020, Stormwater, to supersede AS/NZS 3500.3.2— 1998, National 
Plumbing and Drainage, Part 3.2: S/ormwater drainage— Acceptable solution. 

This Standard incorporates Amendment No. I (July 2006) and Amendment No. 2 (March 
2010). The changes required by the Amendment are indicated in the text by a marginal bar 
and amendment number against the clause, note, table, figure or part thereof affected. 

The objective of this Standard is to provide installers with solutions to comply with — 

(a) the Plumbing Code of Australia (PCA); 

(b) the Building Code of Australia (BCA); and 

(c) the Building Code of New Zealand for stormwater drainage. 

This Standard is part of a series for plumbing and drainage, as follows: 

AS/NZS 

3500 Plumbing and drainage 

3500.0 PartO: Glossary of terms 

3500.1 Parti: Water services. 

3500.2 Part 2: Sanitary plumbing and drainage systems 

3500.3 Part 3: Stormwater drainage systems (this Standard) 

3500.4 Part 4: Heated water services. 

3500.5 Part 5: Domestic installations 

This revision includes the following changes: 

(i) Changes in the context to enable this Standard to be referenced in the above listed 
Codes. 

(ii) The inclusion of revised clauses to bring them into line with the provisions of the 
Plumbing Code of Australia. 

(ii) Revision of the materials and products used in stormwater drainage systems. 

(iii) Incorporation of Amendment 1 and RUL PL. 13 — 2002. 

(iv) Revised examples in Appendix H. 

Other changes incorporate amendments and additions arising from industry 
recommendations which include — 

(a) changes in limitations in FRC pipes and epoxy resins; and 

(b) clarification of examples for design of eaves gutters of slope less than 1 :500. 

This Standard does not cover the criteria for soakers and siphonic systems. Sufficient data 
was not available in these areas at the time of publication. These areas will be included in a 
future edition of this Standard, subject to additional research and investigation being carried 
out. 

The terms 'normative' and 'informative' have been used in this Standard to define the 
application of the appendix to which they apply. A 'normative' appendix is an integral part 
of a Standard, whereas an 'informative' appendix is only for information and guidance. 

Statements expressed in mandatory terms in notes to figures and tables are deemed to be 
requirements of this Standard. 

PROVISION FOR REVISION 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



This Standard necessarily deals with existing conditions, but is not intended to discourage 
innovation or to exclude materials, equipment and methods, which may be developed in 
future. Revisions will be made from time to time in view of such developments and 
amendments to this edition will be made only when absolutely necessary. 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



CONTENTS 

Page 

SECTION I SCOPE AND GENERAL 

1 .1 SCOPE AND APPLICATION 7 

1 .2 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS 7 

\3 DEFINITIONS 7 

1.4 NOTATION 9 

L5 IDENTIFICATION 12 

1 .6 PROTECTION OF WORKS 12 

1.7 DISCHARGE POINT CRITERIA 13 

SECTION 2 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS 

2.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 14 

2.2 AUTHORIZATION 14 

2.3 SELECTION AND USE 14 

2.4 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM 14 

2.5 STORMWATER DRAINS (NON-PRESSURE) 15 

2.6 RISING MAINS (PRESSURE) 16 

2.7 SUBSOIL DRAINS 16 

2.8 .lOINTS 16 

2.9 VALVES 18 

2.10 CONCRETE AND MORTAR 18 

2.1 I EMBEDMENT MATERIAL 19 

2.12 TRENCH FILL 19 

2.13 MISCELLANEOUS 19 

2.14 FILTERS FOR SUBSOIL DRAINS 20 

SECTION 3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEMS DESIGN 

3.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 21 

3.2 GENERAL METHOD 21 

3.3 METEOROLOGICAL CRITERIA ...21 

3.4 CATCHMENT AREA 22 

3.5 EAVES GUTTER SYSTEMS 27 

3.6 VALLEY GUTTERS 32 

3.7 BOX GUTTER SYSTEMS 33 

3.8 SOAKERS 35 

SECTION 4 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEMS—INSTALLATIONS 

4.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 42 

4.2 TRANSPORT, HANDLING AND STORAGE 42 

4.3 THERMAL VARIATION 42 

4.4 CORROSION 43 

4.5 INSTALLATION AND TESTING 44 

4.6 INSPECTION AND CLEANING 47 

4.7 ALTERATIONS AND DISCONNECTION 47 

4.8 EAVES GUTTERS 47 

4.9 BOX GUTTERS 47 

4.10 VALLEY GUTTERS 48 

4.11 DOWNPIPES 48 

4.12 OVERFLOW DEVICES OR MEASURES 49 

4.13 .lOINTS FOR METAL COMPONENTS 49 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



4.14 JOINTS FOR PVC COMPONENTS 50 

4.15 JOINTS FOR OTHER COMPONENTS 50 

4.16 SUPPORT SYSTEMS 52 

SECTION 5 SURFACE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS—DESIGN 

5.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 54 

5.2 DESIGN METHODS 54 

5.3 LAYOUT 54 

5.4 GENERAL METHOD 56 

5.5 NOMINAL METHOD 68 

SECTION 6 SUBSOIL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS—DESIGN 69 

SECTION 7 SURFACE AND SUBSOIL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS— INSTALLATION 

7.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 70 

7.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 70 

7.3 SITE STORMWATER DRAINS 75 

7.4 SUBSOIL DRAINS 79 

SECTION 8 SURFACE AND SUBSOIL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS— ANCILLAR I ES 

8.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 81 

8.2 PAVED SURFACES 81 

8.3 POINT(S) OF CONNECTION 81 

8.4 REFLUX VALVES 81 

8.5 INSPECTION OPENINGS 82 

8.6 STORMWATER PITS, INLET PITS AND ARRESTERS 82 

8.7 SURCHARGE OUTLETS 88 

8.8 JUNCTIONS 88 

8.9 JUMP-UPS 89 

8.10 ANCHOR BLOCKS 90 

8.11 ON-SITE STORMWATER DETENTION (OSD) SYSTEMS 91 

SECTION 9 PUMPED SYSTEMS 

9.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 94 

9.2 GENERAL 94 

9.3 WET WELLS 94 

9.4 PUMPS 95 

9.5 RISING MAINS 95 

9.6 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 95 

SECTION 10 SITE TESTING 

10.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 96 

10.2 DOWNPIPES, SITE STORMWATER DRAINS AND DRAINS WITHIN OR 
UNDER BUILDINGS 96 

10.3 TEST CRITERIA 96 

10.4 PROCEDURE 97 

APPENDICES 

A REFERENCED AND RELATED DOCUMENTS 98 

B SITE-MIXED CONCRETE FOR MINOR WORKS 102 

C STORMWATER DRAINAGE INSTALLATION PLANS 103 

D GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING RAINFALL INTENSITIES 105 

E RAINFALL INTENSITIES FOR AUSTRALIA— 5 MIN DURATION 106 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



Page 

F RAINFALL INTENSITIES FOR NEW ZEALAND ~ 10 MIN DURATION 124 

G EXAMPLES OF OVERFLOW MEASURES FOR EAVES GUTTERS 129 

H GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF EAVES GUTTER SYSTEMS — 

EXAMPLE 133 

I BOX GUTTER SYSTEMS — GENERAL METHOD, DESIGN GRAPHS AND 

ILLUSTRATIONS 143 

J BOXGUTTERSYSTEMS — GENERAL METHOD — EXAMPLES 152 

K SURFACE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS —NOMINAL AND GENERAL 

METHODS — EXAMPLES 162 

L EXAMPLECALCULATION — PUMPED SYSTEM 173 

M SUBSOILDRAINAGE SYSTEMS — DESIGN 175 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



STANDARDS AUSTRALIA/STANDARDS NEW ZEALAND 



Australian/New Zealand Standard 
Plumbing and drainage 



Part 3: Stormwater drainage 



SEC T I ONI SCO P E AND G E N E R A L 

1.1 SCOPE AND APPLICATION 

1.1.1 Scope 

This Standard covers materials, design, installation and testing of roof drainage systems, 
surface drainage systems and subsoil drainage systems to a point of connection. 

1.1.2 Application 

1.1.2.1 Building Code of Australia 

This Standard may be used as a means of demonstrating compliance with the requirements 
of Part Fl of Volume One and Parts 3.1.2 and 3.5.2 of the Housing Provisions of the 
Building Code of Australia. 

This Standard will be referenced in the Building Code of Australia by way of BCA 
Amendment 14 to be published by 1 May 2004. 

1.1.2.2 Plumbing Code of Australia 

This Standard will be referenced in the Plumbing Code of Australia. 

1.2 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS 

The documents referred to in this Standard are listed in Appendix A. 
NOTE: A list of related documents is given in Paragraph A2, Appendix A 

1.3 DEFINITIONS 

1.3.1 General 

For the purpose of this Standard, the definitions in AS/NZS 3500.0 and those below apply. 
The definitions listed below specifically apply to this Standard, 

1.3.2 Average recurrence interval (ARI) 

The average or expected interval between events of a given rainfall intensity being 
exceeded. 

NOTE: The ART is an average value based on statistical analysis. The actual time between 
exceedances will vary. 

1.3.3 Box gutter 

Graded channel, generally of rectangular shape, for the conveyance of rainwater, located 
within the building. Includes a gutter adjacent to a wall or parapet (see Figures 15, 17). 

1.3.4 External stormwater drainage network 

A system that collects and conveys stormwater from individual properties. 

NOTE: The network includes easement or inter-allotment drains, and street and trunk drainage 
systems. 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



1.3.5 Inert catchment 

A rainwater collection area whose dominant material has little or no effect on the chemical 
composition of rainwater draining from it. Such materials include acrylic, fibreglass, 
aluminium/zinc alloy-coated steel, glass, glazed tiles, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride and 
pre-painted metal. 

1.3.6 On-site stormwater detention (OSD) 

A device for the temporary storage of stormwater, above or below ground, to reduce the 
peak flow to the stormwater drainage network. 

1.3.7 Overflow device 

A device to safely divert flow in the event of a blockage, for use with the roof drainage 
system of a box gutter. 

1.3.8 Overflow measure 

Measure to divert water from flowing back into a building from a blockage anywhere along 
or at the outlet of an eaves gutter (see Figure Gl). 

1.3.9 Permanent ponding 

Ponding along the sole of eaves and box gutters when free water is evident for more than 
three days after the cessation of flow. 

1.3.10 Point of connection 

The point provided for the connection of a site stormwater drain to the stormwater drainage 
network. 

NOTE: Where a property is more than 90 m from an external stormwater drainage network, the 
network utility operator may permit an alternative point of connection. 

1.3.11 Rainhead 

A collector of rainwater, generally of rectangular shape, at the end of a box gutter and 
external to a building, connected to an external downpipe (see Figure 12). it has a similar 
function to a sump (see Clause 1 .3.19). 

1.3.12 Sag pit 

An inlet pit located in a depression where stormwater ponds over the inlet due to restricted 
entry. 

1.3.13 Spreader 

A device fitted to the foot of a downpipe to evenly distribute rainwater onto a roof at a 
lower level. It is generally used where it is undesirable for practical or aesthetic reasons to 
connect the high-level roof downpipe directly to the storm water drainage system. 

1.3.14 Stormwater 

Naturally occurring water that results from rainfall on or around the site, or water flowing 
onto the site. 

1.3.15 Stormwater drainage system 

The roof drainage system, surface drainage system and subsoil drainage system on a 
property, which is used for the collection and conveyance of stormwater. 

1.3.16 Subsoil drain 

A buried conduit for the collection and conveyance of subsurface and ground water. 



COPYRIGHT 



9 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

1.3.17 Sump 

A collector of rainwater, generally of rectangular shape, in the sole of a box gutter and 
connected to a downpipe within the building perimeter. Its function is to increase the head 
of water at the entry to the downpipe and thus increase the capacity of the downpipe (see 
Figures 15 and 17). 

1.3.18 Sump/high capacity overflow device 

An overflow device associated with an internal box gutter and sump (see Figure 3.7(c)). 

1.3.19 Sump/side overflow device 

An overflow device associated with an internal box gutter alongside a parapet wall (see 
Figure 2.7(b)). 

1.3.20 Valley gutters 

Inclined channels placed at the intersecting sloping surfaces of the adjacent roof for the 
conveyance of rainwater. 

1.3.21 Plastics abbreviations 

The following plastics abbreviations are used in this Standard. 

PVC-U Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride 

PVC-M Modified polyvinyl chloride 

PVC-0 Oriented polyvinyl chloride 

PE Polyethylene 

PP Polypropylene 

PE-X Cross-linked polyethylene 

ABS Acrylonitrite styrene 

PB Polybutylene 

1.4 NOTATION 

1.4.1 Quantity symbols 

Quantity symbols used in this Standard are listed below. 



Quantity 
Symbol 



Definition 



A == cross-sectional area of flow in an open channel 

Ac = catchment area of a roof and vertical surface (wall or 

parapet) 

^cdp = for a selected eaves gutter, the maximum catchment area of 

roof per vertical dow npipe (see Appendix H) 

v4s„e "^ eaves gutter sub-catchment area for a particular downpipe 

and high point layout 

Aq = effective cross-sectional area of a gutter 

^h "^ plan area of a roof including the gutter or parapet which is 

part of the catchment 

y^hdp ^ for a selected eaves gutter, the maximum plan area of roof 

per downpipe 



COPYRIGHT 



Unit 


m^ 


m^ 


2 

m 


m^ 


mm^ 


m^ 


9 

m~ 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 10 



Quantity 
Symbol 



^T 



Definition 



v4|is.c = plan area of sub-catchment roof including the gutter or 

parapet which is part of the catchment 

A^ = total unroofed impervious (paved) catchment area 

A^ =" total unroofed pervious catchment area 

Ay = total roofed catchment area 

A^ = maximum elevation area of a sloping roof, vertical surface, 

wall or parapet 



blockage factor, for inlet-to-inlet pit 



Unit 


m' 


m^ 


m^ 


w' 


m' 



hn = nominal breadth of cross-section of a rectangular or square m m 
down pipe 

ZC// == equivalent impervious area of all upstream areas on the m" 
property 

Ci = run-off coefficient, for an unroofed impervious (paved) area — 

Cp = run-off coefficient for an unroofed pervious area — 

C, = run-off coefficient for a roofed area — 

Dq = effective equivalent diameter of a rectangular mm 
downpipe, 



2^ |_n_^i_^ , or square downpipe 2^ -^ 

/3i = internal diameter of a circular downpipe mm 

d\y^ ^ minimum depth of a box gutter that discharges to a mm 
sump/high-capacity overflow device (includes h[) (see 
Figure 3.10 and Figure 17) 

dp = depth of ponding over an inlet to an inlet pit m 

doc ^ minimum depth of an overflow channel mm 

F =^ catchment area of a roof-slope factor (see Table 3.2) — 

//,, = minimum depth of a box gutter that discharges to a mm 
rainhead (includes /?r) (see Figure f I) 

/?e = effective depth mm 

hi = freeboard mm 

hy = total depth of a rainhead mm 

//^ = depth of a sump mm 

/zt = minimum height of the top of the box gutter above the crest mm 
of the overflow weir or channel as shown on Figures 15 and 
17 

^I\ ^ rainfall intensity for a duration of/ and an ARI of Y mm/h 

k = Colebrook-White roughness coefficient mm 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



Quantity 
Symbol 



/r 

m 

n 
P 
R 

S 

Q 
Qc 
Q. 

T 

Woe 

Y 



Definition 

for a sump/side overflow device, the minimum horizontal 
distance between the sides of an overflow channel and 
those of the sump (see Figure 15) 

for sump/high-capacity overflow device, the height of 
the overflow weir (crest) above the sole of the gutter 
(see Figure 17) 

length of a rainhead 

multiplier for rainfall run-off coefficients (see 
equation 3.4.6) 

Manning roughness coefficient for an open channel 

wetted perimeter of an open channel 

hydraulic radius, R - /(^ 

gradient, for an open channel 

design flow of stormwater 

discharge capacity for an open channel 

capacity of an inlet for a sag pit 

time 

width of a box gutter 

effective width 

nominal width of cross-section of a rectangular or square 
downpipe 

width of an overflow channel 

average recurrence interval (ARI) 



Unit 



mm 



mm 



mm 



m 
m 



L/s 
L/s 
min 
mm 
mm 
mm 

mm 
years 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/INZS 3500.3:2003 



12 



1.4.2 Flow chart symbols 

Flow chart symbols and conventions used in this Standard are listed below. 



Flow chart symbol 




Use 

terminator, represents an entry from or an exit to an 
outside environment, e.g., start or finish of a 
flow chart 



= data input 



_ process, execute defined operation or group of 
operations resulting in a change in value 



decision or switching, a single entry with more than 
one exit only one of which will be activated following 
the evaluation of the condition 

connector, represents an exit to or an entry either from 
another part of the same flow chart, or from another 
flow chart and corresponding symbols shall contain 
the same unique identification 



1.4.3 Gradients 



In this Standard, gradients are expressed in the form of a numerical ratio Y:X, where Y is 
the vertical dimension and X is the horizontal dimension of a right-angle triangle. 

1.5 IDENTIFICATION 

Where, other than in single dwellings, pipework that cannot be immediately and clearly 
identified is installed in ducts, accessible ceilings or exposed in basements, plant rooms, or 
similar, it shall be clearly identified in accordance with AS 1345 orNZS 5807. 

1.6 PROTECTION OF WORKS 

1 .6.1 Roof drainage systems 

NOTE: Roof drainage systems that could be damaged by acid should not be installed adjacent to 
or below brickwork prior to its having been washed down with acid or similar. 

1.6.2 Surface drainage and subsoil drainage systems 

Whenever the ground is opened for any purpose, within or in proximity to a property, all 
necessary measures shall be taken to protect the surface drainage and subsoil drainage 
systems from damage during the course of such work, and to prevent the entry of — 

(a) soil, sand, or rock; 

(b) sewage, including the contents of any septic tank, or trade waste; or 

(c) any other substance that would damage or impede the operation of the stormwater 
drainage network. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



1.7 DISCHARGE POINT CRITERIA 

1.7.1 Position and manner of discharge 

NOTES: 

1 The authority having jurisdiction may determine the position and manner of discharge of the 
stormwater drainage system. 

2 Point(s) of connection to the stormwater system for a property— 

(a) may be located — 

(i) within the property; or 

(ii) external to the property, i.e., the surface water drain extends beyond the 
property; and 

(b) should transfer stormwater by gravity or pumping, or both, from the site stormwater 
drain to the stormwater drainage network. 

3 The forms of points of connection include — 

(a) a direct connection to a street kerb and gutter (see Clause 8.6. 1 .2(c)); or 

(b) connection to an element of the externa] stormwater drainage network, e.g. a conduit or 
open channel located in a street or easement. 

4 Where the stormwater from a property discharges through a mountable kerb to the gutter of a 
roadway, the design and materials used to create the outfall should have sufficient strength 
and durability to withstand the loads to which it will be subjected throughout the service life 
of the kerb. The structural adequacy of the preformed outlets should be verified by load 
testing or structural analysis. Any preformed outlet should be approved by the network utility 
operator before being installed. Where practicable, for new kerb construction, outlets should 
be installed in conjunction with the forming of the kerb. 

5 Where the network utility operator has determined an operating water level, within its own 
external stormwater drainage network for a gravitational point of connection, care should be 
taken to ensure that any floor or basement level is above this level, and that the site 
stormwater system has appropriate outlets to operate as surcharge outlets (see also 
Clause 5.4.12). 

6 Where the recommendations of Note 4 cannot be applied, consideration should be given to the 
installation of — 

(a) a reflux valve (see Clause 8.4); or 

(b) a pumped system (see Section 9). 

1.7.2 Stormwater drainage plans 

NOTE: Typical information that may be required for a stormwater plan is given in Appendix C. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 14 



SECTION 2 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS 

2.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies requirements for materials and products for use in a stormwater 
drainage system. 

2.2 AUTHORIZATION 

NOTE: In states and territories where stormwater installations are required to comply with the 
Plumbing Code of Australia, materials and products used in stormwater and drainage systems 
may require authorization and shall be manufactured to the relevant Australian Standard (see 
PCA). 

2.3 SELECTION AND USE 

Materials and products used in a stormwater drainage system shall be selected to ensure 
satisfactory service for the life of the installation. 

Factors to be taken into account in the selection shall include but not be limited to— 

(a) the nature of the intended use of the building: 

(b) the environment; 

NOTE: See AS/NZS 2312 or the relevant product Standard. 

(c) the nature of the ground, quality of subsoil water and the possibility of chemical 
attack there from; 

(d) the physical (e.g., abrasion) and chemical (e.g., corrosion) characteristics of the 
materials and products; and 

(e) components of installations manufactured from more than one material, with either 
contact between or drainage to them (see Note 3). 

NOTES: 

1 The manufacturer's recommended installation and maintenance procedures for the materials 
and products selected should also be considered. 

2 Where materials are used for collection of drinking water, the use of materials complying to 
AS/NZS 4020 should be considered. 

3 For material compliance see Clause 4.4. 1 or Clause 4.4.2. 

2.4 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM 

2.4.1 Roof drainage system components 

Roof drainage system components made from aluminium alloys, aluminium/zinc alloy- 
coated steel, copper, copper alloys, zinc-coated steel, stainless steel and zinc shall comply 

with AS/NZS 2179.1. 

PVC components shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.2(lnt). 

2.4.2 Downpipes 

Materials and products, other than those specified in Clause 2.4.1, used for downpipes shall 
comply with the following: 

(a) AS/NZS 1866 for aluminium alloy pipes, which shall be in straight lengths, i.e., not 
bent. 

(b) AS 163 I for cast iron pipes and fittings. 



COPYRIGHT 



15 AS/^ZS 35003:2003 

(c) AS 1432 and AS 3517, respectively, for copper pipes and fittings which shall satisfy 
the following additional criteria: 

(i) When Type B pipe is field bent, the offset angle shall be not greater than I 0°. 

(ii) Type D pipe shall be in straight lengths, i.e. not bent. 

(iii) Fabricated bends and junctions at the base of downpipes less than 9 m high 
shall be, as a minimum, fittings suitable for Type D applications. 

(d) Copper alloy pipes and fittings as specified in AS 3795 and AS 3517, respectively, 
with the following limitations on use: 

(i) Type D shall be in straight lengths, i.e., not bent. 

(ii) Only junctions shall be field fabricated. 

(iii) Only cast or hot-pressed bends and junctions shall be used at the base of 
downpipes with heights equal to or greater than 9 m. 

(e) Ductile iron pipes and fittings as specified in AS/NZS 2280. 

(f) Fibre-reinforced concrete (FRC) pipes and fittings as specified in AS 4139, which 
shall be autoclaved. 

NOTE: Where FRC pipes are used in areas aggressive to concrete pipes the manufacturers 
recommendations should be sought. 

(g) Galvanized steel pipes and malleable cast iron fittings as specified in AS 1074 and 
AS 3673, respectively, with the following limitations on use: 

(i) Pipes shall be in straight lengths, i.e., not bent. 

(ii) Pipes and fittings shall be installed in accessible locations, 

(h) Glass-filament-reinforced thermosetting plastics (GRP) pipes as specified in 
AS 3571, and where exposed to direct sunlight, have adequate resistance to UV. 

(i) Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipes and fittings as specified in AS/NZS 1254, 
AS/NZS 1260, AS 1273, AS/NZS 1477 or AS/NZS 2179.2(lnt). 

0) Polyethylene (PE) pipes and fittings complying with AS/NZS 4 129, AS/NZS 4 130 or 
AS/NZS 4401 (Int), and unless coloured black, pipes and fittings shall not be exposed 
to direct sunlight without protection in accordance with AS 2033. 

2.4.3 Accessories and fasteners 

Accessories and fasteners manufactured from aluminium alloys, aluminium/zinc alloy- 
coated steel, copper, copper alloys, zinc-coated steel, stainless steel and zinc shall comply 
with AS/NZS 2179,1. 

NOTES: 

1 Metal accessories and fasteners specified in AS/NZS 2179.1 may be suitable for gutters and 
downpipes manufactured from PVC. 

2 Accessories manufactured from PVC should comply with AS/NZS 2]79.2(lnt). 

2.5 STORMWATER DRAINS (NON-PRESSURE) 

The following applies to products used for non-pressure stormwater drains: 

(a) Aluminized or galvanized steel shall be as specified in AS 1761 . 

(b) Cast iron, copper, copper alloys, ductile iron pipes and fittings shall comply with 
Items (b) to (e), respectively, of Clause 2.4.2. 

(c) FRC pipes and fittings shall be as specified in AS 4139 and shall have the following 
limitations on use: 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 16 

(i) Site fittings shall be concrete encased where the resin used to manufacture 
fittings has not been designed for the required stormwater drainage in-service 
application. 

NOTE: Where FRC pipes are used in areas aggressive to concrete pipes the 
manufacturer's recommendations should be sought. 

(ii) Pipes and fittings shall be autoclaved. 

(d) Galvanized steel pipes and malleable cast iron shall comply with Clause 2.4.2 (g). 

(e) GRP pipes and fittings, minimum Class SN 2500, shall be as specified in AS 3571 
and shall, where exposed to direct sunlight, have adequate resistance to UV radiation. 

(f) PE pipes shall comply with Clause 2.4.2(j). 

(g) Precast concrete pipes (steel reinforced) as specified in AS 4058 or NZS 3107 and, 
where located under buildings, they shall have no lifting holes. 

MOTE: Where concrete pipes are used in areas aggressive to concrete pipes the 
manufacturer's recommendations should be sought. 

(h) Circular PVC pipes and fittings shall comply with Clause 2.4.2(1). 

(i) Stainless steel shall be as specified in Section 2 of AS/NZS 3500.1 . 

(j) Vitrified clay or ceramic pipes and fittings shall be as specified in BS EN 295-1 . 

2.6 RISING MAINS (PRESSURE) 

Rising mains shall be constructed from pressure pipes and fittings as specified in Section 2 
of AS/NZS 3500.1. 

2.7 SUBSOIL DRAINS 

Plastics pipes used in subsoil drains shall comply with AS 2439.1. Class 100 of such pipes 
shall be limited to use in single dwellings. 

2.8 JOINTS 

2.8.1 Resin adhesives 

2.8.1.1 General 

Resin adhesives shall have positive adhesion to, and compatibility with, the materials being 
jointed. 

2.8.1.2 Sealants 

Sealants, including caulking compounds and tapes, shall — 

(a) be neutral cure; 

(b) where exposed above ground, be resistant to ultraviolet radiation; 

(c) have the appropriate range of service temperatures for the location; 

(d) have positive adhesion to and compatibility with the materials being jointed; and 

(e) where applicable, retain flexibility throughout the service life. 

2.8.1.3 Silver brazing alloy 

Silver brazing alloys used for jointing copper and copper alloy pipes and fittings shall 
comply with AS I 167.1 and shall have a silver content of not less than 1 .8%. 



COPYRIGHT 



17 AS/N^S 3500.3:2003 



2.8.1.4 Soft solder 

Soft solder shall comply with AS 1834.1 and — 

(a) for roof drainage system components, used for the conveyance of drinking water, 
have a lead content of not more than 0. 1 %; 

(b) for zinc-coated steel, copper, copper alloy and stainless steel, be 50/50 solder to 
Grade 50 Sn; and 

(c) for zinc, have an antimony content of less than 0.5%. 

2.8.1.5 Solvenl cement and priming fluid 

Solvent cement and priming fluid used for jointing PVC pipes and fittings shall comply 
with AS/NZS 3879. 

2.8.2 Types 

2.8.2.1 Bol/ed gland (EG) 

Bolted gland joints shall comply with AS 1631 for cast grey and ductile iron materials with 
elastomeric seals appropriate to the material and dimensions of the pipes or fittings being 
jointed, 

2.8.2.2 Cement mortar (CM) 

Cement mortarjoints shall comply with Clause 2.10.4, 

2.8.2.3 Elastomeric seals (ES) 

Elastomeric seals shall comply with the relevant product Standard. 

2.8.2.4 Epoxy resin (ER) 

Epoxy resin shall be appropriate to the materials being jointed and shall be mixed and 
applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Epoxy resin shall be used only 
where the joint is designed for its use. 

Fittings fabricated on site using an epoxy should be concrete encased when installed below 
a permanent water table unless the epoxy has been approved for use in such applications. 

2.8.2.5 Fusion welded (FW) 

Fusion welded joints shall be appropriate to the materials being jointed and carried out with 
suitable consumables and techniques in accordance with the manufacturer's 
recommendations by a suitably qualified competent person. 

2.8.2.6 Mechanical coupling (MC) 
Mechanical couplings shall comply with AS 1 761 . 

2.8.2.7 Metal-banded flexible coupling (FC) 

Metal-banded flexible couplings shall comply with AS/NZS 4327. 

2.8.2.8 Silver brazed (SB) 

Silver-brazed joints shall be made from silver brazing alloy complying with Clause 2.8. 1 .3. 
Joints shall be made by either — 

(a) using authorized fittings; or 

(b) fabricating junctions from the pipes. 

2.8.2.9 Soft soldered (SS) 

Soft soldered joints shall be made from solder complying with Clause 2.8.1.4 and shall be 
used only for jointing zinc-coated steel, copper, copper alloy and stainless steel rainwater 
goods. 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



2.8.2.10 Solvent cement (SC) 

Solvent cement joints for PVC pipes and fittings shall be made in accordance with 
AS 2032. 

2.8.2.11 Threaded (TH) 

Threaded joints shall comply with the relevant standards for the materials to be jointed and 
be sealed with an appropriate jointing medium. 

2.9 VALVES 

2.9.1 Gate and globe 

Copper alloy gate and globe valves shall comply with AS 1628. 

2.9.2 Flap 

Flap valves shall comply with Clause 2.3. 

2.9.3 Non-return 

Cast iron and copper alloy non-return valves shall comply with AS 3578 and AS 1628, 
respectively. 

2.9.4 Reflux 

Reflux valves shall comply with Clause 2.3. 

2.9.5 Sluice 

Gate valves shall comply with AS 2638.1 or AS 2638.2. 

2.9.6 Wedge gate 

Cast iron wedge gate valves shall comply with AS 3579. 

2.10 CONCRETE AND MORTAR 

2.10.1 Concrete 

Ready-mixed concrete shall comply with AS 1379 and shall have a minimum characteristic 
compressive strength of 1 5 MPa, as defined in AS 3600. 

For minor works, site-mixed concrete shall consist of cement, fine aggregate, and coarse 
aggregate all measured by volume, and sufficient water added to make the mix workable. It 
shall have a minimum strength compromise of 15 MPa. 

NOTE: See Appendix B for typical mixes for minor works. 
Packaged concrete mixes shall comply with AS 3648. 

2.10.2 Cement mortar 

Cement mortar shall consist of one part cement and three parts fine aggregate measured by 
volume, thoroughly mixed with the minimum amount of water necessary to render the mix 
workable. 

Cement mortar, which has been mixed and left standing for more than I h, shall not be 
used. 

2.10.3 Chemical admixtures 

Chemical admixtures used in concrete shall comply with AS 1478.1. 

2.10.4 Water for concrete and mortar 

Water used for mixing concrete and cement mortar shall be free from matter that is harmful 
to the mixture, the reinforcement or any other items embedded within the concrete or 
mortar. 

COPYRIGHT 



19 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

2.10.5 Steel reinforcement 

Steel reinforcing materials used in concrete structures shall comply with AS/NZS 4671. 

2.11 EMBEDMENT MATERIAL 

2.11.1 Site stormwater drains 

Embedment material for below ground site stormwater drains shall be as specified in 
Clause 7.4.2.1. 

2.11.2 Subsoil drains 

Embedment for subsoil drains shall be as specified in Clause 7.4.2.1 . 

2.12 trench: FILL 

Trench fill for site stormwater drains and subsoil drains shall be as specified in 
Clause 7.2.12. 

2.13 MISCELLANEOUS 

2.13.1 Clay building bricks 

Clay building bricks shall comply with AS/NZS 4455. 

2.13.2 Concrete masonry units 

Concrete masonry units (concrete bricks or concrete blocks) shall comply with 

AS/NZS 4455. 

2.13.3 Cover and sump grates 

Metal access cover and sump grates and frames for stormwater and inlet pits and arresters 
shall comply with AS 3996. Structurally adequate support shall be provided for access 
covers, sump grates and frames. 

2.13.4 External protective coating 

The external protective coating of metal pipes and fittings shall — 

(a) be impervious to the passage of moisture; 

(b) be resistant to — 

(i) the external corrosive environment; and 
(ii) damage by the embedment material; and 

(c) not contain material that could cause corrosion. 

2.13.5 Fibregfass-reinforced plastic tanks 

Water collection tanks for re-use water shall comply with AS/NZS 3500.1 

2.13.6 Geotextiles 

Geotextiles shall be marked in accordance with AS 3705 and shall comply with Clause 2.3. 

2.13.7 Polyethylene sleeving 

Polyethylene sleeving for corrosion protection shall comply with AS 3680. 

2.13.8 Precast or prefabricated pits and arresters 

2.13.8.1 Concrete 

Precast concrete units for pits shall comply with the dimensions given in Table 8.2, and 
shall— 

(a) in ISew Zealand, comply with all relevant requirements of NZS 3 107; 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 20 



(b) comply with the relevant criteria of AS 41 98; or 

(i) support for a minimum of 30 s, without structural failure or significant 
cracking, the appropriate pit lid design loads in accordance with AS 3996 
(where a precast unit has knock-out panels, this requirement shall apply with 
the knock-out panels removed); and 

(ii) be classified and marked in accordance with the pit lid classification of 
AS 3996 for which they are designed. 

2.13.8.2 Corrugated metal 

Prefabricated corrugated metal pits and arresters shall comply with AS 1761 and shall 
support, without structural failure, the appropriate pit lid design loads in accordance with 
AS3996. 

2.13.8.3 Other materials 

Precast or prefabricated pits and arresters of materials, other than specified in 
Clauses 2.13.8.1 and 2.13.8.2, shall satisfy the performance requirements of the Plumbing 
Code of Australia and shall support, without structural failure, the appropriate pit lid design 
loads in accordance with AS 3996. 

2.13.9 Timber 

Timber exposed to the weather shall be of durability Class 2 complying with AS/NZS 2878 
or NZS 363 1 or shall be treated in accordance with AS 1604.1 or NZS 3640. 

2.14 FILTERS FOR SUBSOIL DRAINS 

2.14.1 Filter material 

Filter materials consisting of natural clean washed sands and gravels and screened crushed 
rock shall be — 

(a) well graded, with a mix of different sizes of sand particles and an adequate 
permeability with — 

(i) natural sand, less than 5% passing a 75 jum sieve; and 

(ii) screened crushed rock, sizes 3 mm to 20 mm; 

(b) sufficiently coarse not to wash into the subsoil drain, or through pores in a geotextile 
cover to such drain; and 

(c) chemically stable and inert to possible actions of soil and ground water. 

NOTE: Design requirements set on the basis of the grading curves of the native soils and 
filter material are too complex for routine use by builders, and require specific tests. 

2.14.2 Geotextile filters 

The permeability of geotextiles used in subsoil drains shall be greater than that of the native 
soil. 
NOTES: 

1 A desirable permeability for geotextiles is 10 times that of the native soil. 

2 There is a tendency for geotextiles to clog at some locations, particularly where iron salts are 
present, e.g., scoria. Oxidization and biologically related actions can cause plate-like deposits 
of ferruginous particles on filter surfaces, rapidly clogging them. In such areas, carefully 
selected granular filters should be used instead of geotextiles. Advice from a professional 
engineer with geotechnical expertise should be sought in such situations. 



COPYRIGHT 



21 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



SECTION 3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEMS^ 

D E SIGN 

3.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies methods for the design of and procedures for roof drainage systems. 

3.2 GENERAL METHOD 

The general method assumes regular inspection and cleaning (see Clause 4.6) and is 
applicable to — 

(a) eaves gutters and associated vertical downpipes with appropriate overflow measures 
(see Clause 3.5); 

(b) valley gutters (see Clause 3.6); 

(c) box gutters and associated vertical downpipes with appropriate overflow devices (see 
Clause 3.7); and 

(d) soakers (see Clause 3.8). 
NOTES: 

1 The general method does not include allowance for any of the following: 

(a) Localized variation in rainfall intensities due to wind or adjacent buildings. 

(b) Blockages of roof drainage systems, e.g., by snow, hail and debris. 

(c) Reduced hydraulic capacity caused by— 

(i) reduced gutter gradient due to ground movement; or 
(ii) turbulence due to wind. 

2 An example that illustrates the application of the general method is given in Appendix H. 

3.3 METEOROLOGICAL CRITERIA 

3.3.1 General 

Roof drainage systems are designed in respect to potential monetary loss, property damage 
(including contents of buildings) and injury to persons due to overtopping. 
NOTES: 

1 A frequent cause of such overtopping is inadequate inspection and cleaning (see Clause 4.6) 
and not the intensity of rainfall. 

2 Although hail can restrict or block roof drainage systems the present lack of performance data 
prevents the inclusion of requirements for hail barriers, as published in REBUILD (see Ref 8, 
Paragraph A2, Appendix A). 

3.3.2 Snowfall effects 

In regions subject to snowfalls, for roof drainage systems, there shall be no effect on size 
but precautions are necessary to minimize the entry of rainwater or meltwater, or both, into 
buildings. 
NOTES: 

1 Roof drainage support systems should be designed to include an appropriate allowance for 
snow toad (see AS/NZS 1 170.3). 

2 Sometimes eaves gutters are not used in alpine regions because the stormwater from roofs is 
collected at ground level, generally in site stormwater channels. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



22 



3.3.3 Wind effects 

An allowance for the effects of wind on rainfall is required for other than flat or 
permanently protected sloping surfaces (see Clause 3.4). A gradient of 2:1 shall be adopted. 

NOTE: As studies in Australia are insufficient to determine the maximum gradient of descent of 
wind-driven rain at design intensity United Kingdom practice has been adopted (see 
BS EN 12056-3) 

3.3.4 ARI 

The ARI shall be as given in Table 3.1. 

TABLE 3.1 
AVERAGE RECURRENCE INTERVAL (ARI) 



Effect of overtopping 


ARI, years 


Australia 


New Zealand 


Where significanL inconvenience or 
injury to people or damage to 
property (including contents of 
buildings) is — 

(a) an unlikely oceurrenee, e.g., 
eaves gutters, external; or 

(b) a likely occurrence, e.g., box 
gutters 


>20 
>100 


>I0 

>50 



NOTE; For Australia Table 3.1 should be used in conjunction with the 
BCA, which has requirements to prevent rain and stormwater from roof 
drainage from entering certain buildings. 

3.3.5 Rainfall intensity 

3.3.5.1 Alls Ir alia 

Five minutes duration rainfall intensity, in millimetres per hour, for any place in Australia 
shall be determined for — 

(a) ARIs of 20 and 1 00 years, from Appendix E; and 

(b) ARI of 500 years, assumed to be 1.5 times the 100 years ARI intensity at the same 
place. 

NOTE: Guidelines for the determination of rainfall intensity are given in Appendix D. 

3.3.5.2 New Zealand 

Ten minutes duration rainfall intensity, in millimetres per hour, for any place in 
New Zealand shall be determined for ARIs of 1 and 50 years, from Appendix F. 
NOTE: Guidelines for the determination of rainfall intensity are given in Appendix D. 

3.4 CATCHMENT AREA 

3.4.1 General 

The catchment area for a roof, or roof and vertical wall(s), depends upon the gradient of the 
descent of the rain (see Clause 3.3.3) and shall be the greatest value for any direction of 
wind-driven rain. 

>JOTE: It may be necessary to trial different directions for the wind-driven rain to determine the 
catchment area for a particular case. 

The components of the largest catchment area for a single dwelling (see Paragraph H2, 
Appendix Tl) shall be calculated by one of the following methods: 

(a) Rational analysis. 

(b) Application of Clauses 3.4.2 to 3.4.4, inclusive. 

COPYRIGHT 



23 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

3.4.2 Three-dimensional representation 

A three-dimensional representation of the two components Au and A^ of the catchment area 
for a sloping roof with its top edge either horizontal or not horizontal is shown in 
Figure 3.1. These components are represented in Figures 3.2 and 3.3 by lines in the 
horizontal and vertical planes. 

3.4.3 Roof 

The catchment area, in square metres, of — 

(a) a flat roof that is freely exposed to the wind shall be equal to the plan area of the roof 
and gutter(s); 

(b) a single sloping roof that is — 

(i) freely exposed to the wind (see Figure 3.3(a)) shall be calculated from — 

4-A+l/2 4.or, ...3.4.3(1) 

for eaves gutters only 

A,^A,F ...3.4.3(2) 

(For values of F, see Table 3.2.) 

NOTE: F is accurate in most cases and conservative in others. 

(ii) partially exposed to the wind (see Figure 3.3(b)) shall be calculated from — 

^, = A +1/2(^2 -^vi) ...3.4.3(3) 

(c) two adjacent sloping roofs (see Figure 3.3(c)) shall be calculated from — 

A = Ai + A2 + 1/2 (A2 - Ai) • • • 3.4.3(4) 

NOTE: Equation 3.4,3(2) may be applied to the plan area of a roof (A],) of a dwelling regardless 
of the wind direction provided that there is no vertical surface that contributes to the catchment 
area (see Appendix H). 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZ,S 3500.3:2003 



24 



TABLE 3.2 
CATCHMENT AREA— SLOPE FACTOR (F) (FOR EAVES GUTTERS ONLY) 



Roof slope 
(degrees) 


Factor for 

increased 

surface area of 

roof (F) 


Roof slope 
(degrees) 


Factor for 

increased 

surface area of 

roof (F) 


Roof slope 
(degrees) 


Factor for 

increased 

surface area of 

roof (F) 





1.00 


22 


1.20 


44 


1.48 


1 


l.Ot 


23 


1.21 


45 


1.50 


2 


1.02 


24 


1.22 


46 


1.52 


3 


1.03 


25 


1.23 


47 


1.54 


4 


1.03 


26 


1.24 


48 


1.56 


5 


1.04 


27 


1.25 


49 


1.58 


6 


1.05 


28 


1.27 


50 


1.60 


7 


1.06 


29 


1.28 


51 


1.62 


8 


1.07 


30 


1.29 


52 


1.64 


9 


1.08 


31 


1.30 


53 


1.66 


10 


1.09 


32 


1.31 


54 


1.69 


1 1 


1.10 


33 


1.32 


55 


1.71 


12 


l.ll 


34 


1.34 


56 


1.74 


13 


1.12 


35 


1.35 


57 


1.77 


14 


1.12 


36 


1.36 


58 


1.80 


15 


1.13 


37 


1.38 


59 


1.83 


16 


1.14 


38 


1.39 


60 


1.87 


17 


1.15 


39 


1.40 


61 


1.90 


18 


1.16 


40 


1.42 


62 


1.94 


19 


1.17 


41 


1.43 


63 


1 .98 


20 


1.18 


42 


1.45 


64 


2.03 


21 


1.19 


43 


1.47 


65 


2.07 



Roof 
surface 




/—Top edge of roof 
horizontal 



Roof 
surface- 



\ Vertical plane 



Horizontal plane 
Roof angle 




(a) Top edge of roof 
horizontal 



Top edge of roof 
NOT horizontal 



-Vertical plane 



Horizontal plane 
Roof angle 



(b) Top edge of roof 
not horizontal 



FIGURE 3.1 COMPONENTS OF THE CATCHMENT AREA 



COPYRIGHT 



25 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \^~f 

\\\\\\\2h\\\\^ 
\ \ \ \ \ \ \L\ \ \ \ \ \ ' 
\\\\\\\^\\\\\^ ^v 
\\\\\\\\\\\\ 

\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ V 









^ \ \ \ \ ^ 



n ! 




(a) Vertical wall with 
flat roof 



(b) Vertical wall with 
sloping roof 




[c) Vertical walls at right angles to each other 



FIGURE 3.2 CATCHMENTAREAFOR VERTICAL WALL(S) AND ROOF 



COPYRIGHT 



y\S/NZS 3500.3:2003 



26 




1/2A, 



(a) Single sloping roof — freely exposed to the wind 



r 
i 




\2 



(b) Single sloping roof — partially exposed to the wind 



Angle of descent 
of rain-— ,^ 



\ 



\ \ \ \ 
\ \ \ \ \ 

. LA \ \ \ 



"^"\ \ ^ \ '\ '^ \ \ \ 

V \ \ \ \ \ \ 





(c) Two adjacent sloping roofs 



FIGURE 3.3 CATCHMENT AREA FOR ROOFS 



COPYRIGHT 



27 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

3.4.4 Vertical wall(s) and roof 

The catchment area, in square metres, for — 

(a) vertical wall with a — 

(i) flat roof (see Figure 3, 2(a)) shall be calculated from — 

A^ = A,+\/2A^ ...3.4.4(1) 

(ii) sloping roof (see Figure 3.2(b)) shall be calculated from — 

^, = 4,+l/2(/(,2-/(„) ...3.4.4(2) 

(b) vertical walls at right angles to each other (see Figure 3.2(c)) shall be calculated 
from — 

^, = A +1/2^1 + ^2) ...3.4.4(3) 

NOTE; The catchment area for high vertical walls, e.g., a multistorey building, may be 
considerably less than half its surface area. 

3.4.5 Higher catchment area 

Stormwater from a higher catchment area shall be discharged direct to an appropriately 
sized rainhead or sump. 

Alternatively a spreader, may be used subject to the following: 

(a) For a tiled roof the lower section shall be sarked a minimum width of 1800 mm, 
either side from the point of discharge, and extended down to the eaves gutter in 
accordance with AS 2050. 

(b) For a corrugated metal roof a minimum width of 1 800 mm on either side of the point of 
discharge shall be sealed for full length of side laps. 

In all cases the downpipe and gutter system of the lower catchment shall be sized in 
accordance with Clause 3.4 to take into account the total flow from both catchments. 
NOTES: 

1 The rainhead or sump may need to be larger than those sized in accordance with this Standard 
and include an appropriate device to dissipate energy. Sizing of such a rainhead or sump is 
beyond the scope of this Standard and may require hydraulic tests. 

2 Where spreaders are used, an allowance for an increased overflow provision for the gutter on 
the lower catchment should be considered. 

3 For a tiled roof consideration should be given to sarking the roof below any upper eaves 
gutters to take into account any overflows. 

3.5 EAVES GUTTER SYSTEMS 

3.5.1 General 

Eaves gutter systems, including downpipes, shall be designed and installed in accordance 
with Clause 3.2 so that water will not flow back into the building. 

3.5.2 Design procedure 

The design procedure shall follow the general method for design of eaves gutters systems 
flow chart, in Figure 3.4. 

NOTE: An example of the application of the design procedure is given in Appendix H. 

3.5.3 Overflow measures 

Note: Examples of overflow measures for eaves gutters are given in Appendix G. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/INZS 3500.3:2003 



28 



3.5.4 Vertical downpipes 

Gutter outlets shall be fitted vertically to the sole of eaves gutters. 



f START J 



-^ 



Determine the ARI from Clause 3.3.4 (Table 3,1). 

For convenience this flow chart assumes that ARI of 

20 years for Australia and 10 years for New Zealand are selected. 

If other ARI are selected, adjust the flow chart to suit. 



Determine the rainfall intensity for the site from Clause 3.3.5. 

For Australia, see Appendix E Figures - Rainfall intensities i^^If^^] for 5 min 

duration and an ARI of 20 years. (Referred to as 20/^}, 

For New Zealand, see Appendix F figures and determine ""-'/iq. 

See Appendix D for guidelines for rainfall intensities. 



^^ 



(c) / Obtain dimensions and other relevant data from physical observations and 

measurements, plans or both. (See Appendix H for an example.) 



Calculate catchment areas /Ih and /Ic in accordance with Clause 3.4. 



Jl. 



Select gradients in accordance with Clause 4.8 



J^ 



(f) 



(g) 



Select eaves gutter from manufacturers date and note Aq values for gutter. 



_^ 



Determine, for the affected eaves gutter, the catchment area per downpipe 



Calculate minimum number of downpipes 



Select downpipe locations and gutter high points, then calculate 
catchment area for each downpipe 




Review 


selections 


at 


(e), (f) 


(g), (h) an 


d 


(i). (See 


Appendix 


H 


for 


guidance] 





(k) Determine downpipe size from Table 3.2 based on gradient and size of eaves gutter 



Select over flow measures in accordance with clause 3,5 



f FINISH J 



FIGURE 3.4 (in part) FLOW CHART— GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF EAVES- 
GUTTER SYSTEMS 



COPYRIGHT 



29 



AS/NZS 35(M).3:2003 



Al 



NOTES: 

1 The letter in a bracket at the head of each symbol refers to the corresponding step in the 
example (see Paragraph H2.2, Appendix H). 

2 Appendix D gives guidelines for the determination of rainfall intensities. 

3 A^, to be in the range for gradients of — 

(a) 1 :500 and steeper, 3000 mm^ to 1 8 000 mm"; or 

(b) flatter than 1 :500, 4000 mm^ to 24 200 mm^ 

4 Consideration needs to be given to the criteria for thermal variation (see Clause 4.3). 

5 For eaves gutters of domestic buildings with hipped and/or gable roofs of constant slope with 
no flat roofs or walls contributing to the catchment area, the catchment area calculations may 
be based entirely on Equation 3.4,3 (2) using F determined by the roof slope and A], 
determined from a plan, if Equation 3.4.3 (2) is used, it is not necessary to take account of 
wind direction. Examples of the use of this method are shown in Appendix H and in HBJ 14. 

6 The vertical downpipe and any horizontal bends in an eaves gutter may be located at any 
point along the length of the catchment. Where this occurs, the whole catchment to that 
downpipe shall be used with Figure 3.5a or Figure 3.5b (gutters less than 1:500) to size the 
eaves gutter to ensure that the vertical downpipe size is sufficient. 

7 As there are no high points for flat eaves gutters to define the catchment areas for each 
downpipe and downpipe section, halve the total catchment area between the adjacent 

downpipes. 

8 For aesthetic and practical considerations, the size of eaves gutter and associated vertical 
downpipes for the largest catchment area of the building are usually adopted for each of the 
other catchments. 



FIGURE 3.4 (in part) FLOW CHART— GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF EAVES 

GUTTER SYSTEMS 



TABLE 3.3 
EAVES GUTTER— REQUIRED SIZE OF VERTICAL DOWNPIPE 



Maximum effective cross-sectional area of an 






eaves gutter (A,), see AS/NZS 2179.1. 


Internal size of vertical downpipe 


(Required effective cross-sectional area is 






obtained from Figure 3.5) 


mm 


Nearest 100 mm^ 






Gradient 


Cross- 


section 


1:500 and steeper 


Flatter than 1:500 


Circular 


Rectangular or square 


3 500 


4 700 


65 


65 X 50 


4 200 


5 600 


75 


65 X 50 


4 600 


6 200 


75 


75 X 50 


4 800 


6 400 


80 


75 X 50 


5 200 


7 000 


80 


lOOx 50 


5 900 


7 900 


85 


100 x50 


6 400 


8 600 


90 


100 x50 


6 600 


8 900 


90 


75 X 70 


6 700 


9 000 


100 


75 X 70 


8 200 


1 1 000 


100 


100x75 


9 600 


1 2 900 


125 


100 x75 


12 800 


17 100 


125 


100 X 100 


12 800 


17 200 


150 


100 X 100 


16 000 


21 500 


150 


125 X 100 


1 8 400 


24 700 


150 


150 X 100 


1 9 200 


25 800 


-^ — 


150 X 100 


20 000 


26 800 


— 


125 X 125 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



100.0 



90,0 



80.0 



E 

5 70, 



CL 



I 60,0 

O 
Q 

< 50,0 

O 

1- 
cn 

^ 40,0 

q: 

uu 
a 

< 30.0 
uu 

DC 
< 



20.0-S 



O 
I- 
< 
o 



10.0 













/ 




/ 


/ 




1 


A 


/ 




/ 


/ 




A 


/ "■ 




/ 




/ 




/ 






/ 


/ 














/50 / 




/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 




/ 






/ 




/ 






/ 
















1 




/60/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 






/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 


/ 




A 


/ 




/ 
















/ 


/ 


'"/ 


80 


L 

/ 


/ 






/ 




/ 


V 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


A 




/ 


/ 












1 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


Ko 





/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 




A\ 


/ 


/ 


A 




) 


/ 




















/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 


120 /n 




/ 




/ 




/ 






/ 




A 


r 


















1 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


f 




/ 




/i40 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 




/■ 


/ 








y 












/ 


I 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 


7 


/ 


^&0 y 


V 


y 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


y 








y 


y 












/ 


1 


/ 






/ 




/ 




/ 




/ 




„/iQ n 


/ 




y 






^ 








y 












i 


/ 


1 


1 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


f 


/ 




A 


/ 


A 


y- lo U 


A 


y 


/ 


/ 






/' 


y 


y 












/ 


/ 


1 


/ 


/ 




J 


/ 


/ 




A 




/ 




/ 




A 


"225^ 


' 








y 








y 






/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


v 


/ 


/ 




/250 






/ 






^ 


y 








} 


1 


1 

1 


/ 


/ 


/ 


\/ 


/ 


f 


} 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


A 


/ 


/ 


/ 






AzOQ 


y 


y 


y 










/ 




/ 


// 


^ 


/ 


r 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




A 


/ 


/ 


/ 


y 






y 


y 




y 


^bO 


^ 




y 








' 


/ 


/i 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


^. .... 




y 


y 




y' 


y 








^50 ^ 


y 


^ 






/ 


/ 


/ , 


// 




/ 


■/I 




/ 


A 




/ 




A 


y 






-■ ^ 


V 






y 






X^ 




. 


^0*^ 








// 


1/ 


I 


/ 


/ 




A 


/ 


/ 


/ 


y 




/ 


A 


y 


y 


y 


y 


y 


y 


y^ 


^ 


r 


y 


^ 




^ 




^00 






/ 


7 


7 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 
/ 


> 


y 


A 


y 


y 


y 


y 


A 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


A 














... 


i 


i 


/- 


A 




/ 

4 


/ 


A 






y 


^ 


y 


y^ 


y\ 


^ 




^ 




^ 


y 








— 




— 




— 


\ 


— 




i 


w 


1 




9 




^ 

^ 




y^ 
^ 


< 


;^ 




^- 


-p 




■^ 


DE 
(2 


:si( 

°/5 


3N 
) C 


R/ 
)R 


\IN 
(1C 


-A 
/l( 


.L 
3). 


INTENSITY 
mm/h (TYPICAL) 




— 




./ 

^ 




^ 


















J 




- 


3 


I 


; 


£ 


3 


( 


5 




1 


i 


5 


c 


3 


1 





1 


1 


1 


2 


1 


3 


1 


4 


15 


16 


17 


18 






EFFECTIVE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF EAVES GUTTER* \A^], 1000 mm^ 






FOR GRADIENTS OF 1 : 500 AND STEEPER 

II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 1 : 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 



0.68 



1.0 



2,0 



3.0 



4.0 



5.0 



6.0 



TOTAL FLOW IN EAVES GUTTER (L/s) 

* Sec AS/NZS 2179.1. 

NOTBS: 

1 This graph assumes — 

(a) an clTeetive width to depth is a ratio of about 2:1; 

(b) a gradient in the direction of ilow, 1 ;500 or steeper; 

(c) the least favourable positioning of the downpipe and bends within the gutter length; 

(d) a cross-section or half round, quad, ogee or square; and 

(e) the outlet to a vertical downpipe is located centrally in the sole of the eaves gutter. 

2 The required eaves gutter discharge areas do not allow for loss of waterway due to internal brackets. 

FIGURE 3.5(A) REQUIRED SIZE OF EAVES GLITTERS FOR GRADIENTS FOR 1:500 

AND STEEPER 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



o 
< 



a. 
a 
z 
$ 
O 
o 

< 
o 

h- 

(X 
UJ 

> 
cr 

LU 

a 
< 

UJ 

cr 
< 



UJ 



X 

O 



< 
O 



uu.u - 
















j 


r 


1 




J 




1 




7 


4 


7 






/ 


T 






/ 


r 




/ 


7 






/ 


T 




/ 


7 






/ 


/ 






















/so 


/en 


I 




/ 




/ 


i 


/ 






J 


/ 






/ 






/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


f 




/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 





90.0 














I 




1 


^D 


1 


) 


8C 


/so. 


A 

10 





I 


10 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 






/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


80.0- 










/ 


y 


1 


/ 


1 


1 


/ 


) 


/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/' 




/- 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 






y 


— 












\l 




/ 


1 


J 


J 


/ 






/ 




A 


40 


A 

16 




/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


y- 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 














1 


1 


/ 




1 


y 


/ 


1 


y 


/ 




y 


A 




/ 


/■ 




/ 


/ 





'^ 





200 


J 


/ 




/ 


/ 






y 


y 


y 


/ 


7 0.0" 










1 


1 


/ 


/ 


/\ 


v 


/ 


J 


/ 




/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


A 

225^ 


y 








y 


y 


y 


y 


~ 


60.0- 








/ 




1 


/ 


/ 


1 


[/ 


f 

J 


/ 




/ 


f 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


A 


y 


/ 


/ 


/ \ 


^5U 


Jt 


/ 


/ 










/ 


/ 


1 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/' 


/ 


/ 


/ 

'J 


/ 


y 






y 


^300 

1 1 , 


350' 

u 


y' 




^ 


y 










/ 


/ 


1 


1 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


A 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


y 


/ 


y 


/ 


/ 




y 


y 


y 






y 


y 


^, 


00 

y 


"500 
_ L. L^ 


oU.U 






/ 




1 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


X 




y 


y 






y 


y 


y 


^ 


y" 


-^ 


^ 


X 


40.0- 






/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


y 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


y 






y 


y 


y 

^ 


y 


y 


y 


^ 


^ 


^ 


/ 


^ 




^c 


y 








/ 


'r, 


/, 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




A 


/ 




y 


y 


^ 


^ 


y 


y 


^ 


y 


^ 


^ 


^ 


y 






^ 




\ 


















/, 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 
/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 
/ 


/ 


y 


/ 


/ 


y 


y 


y 


y 


y 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 




y 

^ 


-- 


^ 


^' 










\ 










oU.U 


— 




'/ 


/ 
/ 


/ 


/ 
7 
/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


y 


^ 


y 


y 




^ 
^ 


^ 
^ 

^ 




^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^^ 


^ 


^ 






















\ 
\ 






"- 


~ 


O Pi Pi 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 

/ 






y 


y 


y 




y 


^ 
^ 






-^ 


































\ 




^u.u 






^ 


'y. 






^ 


/ 
^ 




y 
^ 


X 
^ 


^ 


^ 
^ 

^ 




y^ 
^ 


^ 


^ 




^•^ 






D 


E$ 


5IC 


^N 


\\ 1 1 \\ 

RAINFALL 


1 11 1 

INTENSITY 








\ 








10.0' 






% 


'^ 

^ 


^ 

^ 


^ 
^ 


^ 
^ 


^ 


^ 






^ 




















(2%) OR (^°/io), mm/h (TYPICAL) - 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 












^ 






^ 


^ 


"^ 








































































r\ 






















































































1 1 1 1 1 : 1 j 1 1 1 1 1 J t 1 1 1 1 i 1 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

EFFECTIVE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF EAVES GUTTER* (A^), 1000 mm^ 
FOR GRADIENTS FLATTER THAN 1 : 500 

^1 f 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 [ 1 



0.68 1.0 



2.0 



3.0 



4.0 



5.0 



6.0 



TOTAL FLOW IN EAVES GUTTER (L/s) 

* See AS/NZS 2 1 79. 1. 

NOTES: 

1 This graph assumes — 

(a) an elTeclive width to depth is a ratio of about 2:1; 

(b) a gradient in the direction of How flatter than 1:500; 

(e) the least favourable positioning of the downpipe and bends within the gutter length; 

(d) a cross-section or half round, quad, ogee or square; and 

(e) the outlet to a vertical downpipe is located centrally in the sole of the eaves gutter. 

2 1'he required eaves gutter discharge areas do not allow for loss of waterway due to internal brackets. 

FIGURE 3.5(B) REQUIRED SIZE OF EAVES GUTTERS FOR GRADIENTS FLATTER 

THAN 1:500 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



3.5.5 Effective cross-sectional area of eaves gutters 

The effective cross-sectional area of an eaves gutter (to the nearest 100 mm^) for each 
nominal size of eaves gutter shall be as follows: 

(a) For an eaves gutter with external brackets, it is the cross-sectional area beneath a line 
not less than 10 mm below the overflow, e.g., front bead, gutter back or bottom of 
overflow slots; or 

(b) For an eaves gutter with internal brackets, it is as for Figure 3.5(A) or 3.5(B) less the 
allowance for the effects of the brackets. 

NOTES: 

1 The cross-sectional area of the eaves gutter and the effect of internal brackets should be 
available from the manufacturer. 

2 The method specified in this Standard for the sizing of eaves gutters is based on research 
using eaves gutters with external brackets. 

3 Internal brackets increase the potential for debris collection. 

4 Where the manufacture does not provide data on the effect of the internal bracket, the 
projected gross area of the edge of the internal bracket including stiffening rib facing the 
direction of ilow may be deducted, provided that the area so deducted is no more than 15% of 
the original cross sectional area of the gutter. 

3.6 VALLEY GUTTERS 

3.6.1 Limitations 

The limitations of the general method's solutions for valley gutters are — 

(a) roof slopes of not less than 1:4.5 (12.5°); 

(b) nominal valley gutter side angle (see Figure 3.6) of 1:3.4 (16.5°); and 

(c) catchment area not exceeding 20 m . 

3.6.2 Design procedure 

The method of design for valley gutters shall be as follows: 

(a) Select from Table 3.1 the ARI for the particular application. 

(b) Determine the design rainfall intensity, in millimetres per hour, for the particular 
location in Australia, from Appendix E or New Zealand from Appendix F for the 
selected ART 

NOTE: Appendix D gives guidelines for the determination of rainfall intensities. 

(c) The girth size and dimensions (see Figure 3.6) shall be as given in Table 3.4 for the 
design rainfall intensity. 

NOTE: Table 3.4 is derived from the Martin and Tiiley Report (see Paragraph A2, 
Appendix A). Further research when completed will be considered for adoption in the 
Standard. 

3.6.3 Effective width 

The effective width (w^) of a valley gutter shall be such that the effective cross-sectional 
area of valley gutters, below the effective width (see Figure 3.6), are not obstructed by 
bedding, anti-vermin strips, or overhangs of roof cladding. 



COPYRIGHT 



33 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 




FIGURE 3.6 PROFILE OF A VALLEY GUTTER 

TABLE 3.4 
VALLEY GUTTERS— DIMENSIONS 



Design rainfall intensity 


Minimum, mm 


(see Clause 3.6.2 (b)) 
mm/h 


Sheet width 


Effective 
depth (Ae) 


Effective 
width (Wf.) 


>200 
>25() 

>300 
>350 


<200 
<250 
<300 

<350 
<40() 


355 
375 
395 

415 

435 


32 
35 
38 

40 
43 


215 

234 
254 

273 
292 



NOTES: 

1 Freeboard (//f), 15 inm. 

2 The sheet width from which the valley is to be formed has been calculated on the 
basis of hf= 15 mm and an allowance for side rolls or bends of 25 mm. 

3.7 BOX GUTTER SYSTEMS 
3.7.1 General 

The limitation of solutions for — 

(a) box gutters, is gradients in the range 1:40 to 1:200 (see Note 1); 

(b) rainheads is — 

(i) design flows not to exceed 16 L/s; 

(ii) size range of vertical downpipes according to Figure 13, Appendix I; and 

(c) sumps with appropriate overflow devices, is the size range of vertical downpipes 
according to Figure 14, Appendix I. 

NOTES: 

1 Figures 16 and 18, Appendix I, assume that box gutters slope in the range 1 :40 to 1 :200. 

2 Criteria for box gutter overflow devices are given in Clause 3.7.5 and are illustrated in 

Figure 3.7. 

3 The minimum width of box gutters used for commercial construction is 300 mm. Box gutters 
200 mm wide may be used for domestic construction, but they are more prone to blockages 
and should be subject to frequent inspections and maintenance. Additional height is 
recommended where possible. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 34 



3.7.2 Design procedure 

Box gutter systems shall be designed in accordance with the general method. The general 
method for — 

(a) box gutters, rainheads and downpipes is given in Figure 3.8. 

(b) box gutters, sump/side overflow devices and downpipes is given in Figure 3.9. 

(c) box gutters, sump/high-capacity overflow devices and downpipes is given in 
Figure 3.10. 

NOTE: Flow chart symbols and conventions used in this Standard are given in Clause 1.4.2. 

3.7.3 Hydraulic capacity 

The hydraulic capacity, e.g., maximum design flow of — 

(a) a box gutter is dependent on — 

(i) the sole width and gutter depth; 
(ii) the gradient (see Clause 4.9(a)); and 
(iii) whether the discharge is to — 

(A) a rainhead; 

(B) a sump/side overflow device; or 

(C) a sump/high-capacity overflow device; and 

(b) an associated rainhead or sump is dependent on the selected size of the vertical 
downpipe and the deptb of the rainhead or sump (see Figures 3.9, 3.10 and 3.1 1). 

NOTE: For the same design flow, the required depth of a rainhead or sump increases if the cross- 
sectional area of the vertical downpipe decreases. 

3.7.4 Layout 

The layout for box gutter systems shall include consideration for the following: 

(a) The location and size (see Clause 3.7.2) of the box gutter. 

(b) The size (see Clause 4. 1 6) of the support system. 

(c) Adequate provision for the effects of thermal variation (see Clause 4.3) on the box 
gutter and support system. 

(d) The location of associated vertical downpipes with rainheads or sumps in relation 
to— 

(i) features within the building and usage; 

(ii) surface water drainage system external to the building (see Clause 5.3); 

(iii) the space within or external to the building; and 

(iv) provision for flow from each overflow device (see Clause 3.7.5) to be 
discharged, without danger, indirectly to the surface water drainage system. 

(e) The sump/high capacity overflow device — the depth of the sump h^ shall be not less 
than 150 mm regardless of the position of the normal outlet. (Mo changes if sump/side 
overflow device used). 

(f) The normal outlet may be moved longitudinally to clear the overflow channel to 
enable better inspection and maintenance access. The outlet shall not be moved 
laterally to cross the longitudinal centre-line of the overflow device. 

NOTE: If the normal outlet is moved, it should preferably be moved towards the box gutter 
with the greater flow. 

COPYRIGHT 



35 AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 

(g) Box gutters shall — 

(i) be straight (without change in direction); 

(ii) in a cross-section have a horizontal constant width base (sole) with vertical 
sides; 

(iii) have a constant longitudinal slope between 1 :200 and 1 :40; 

(iv) discharge at the downstream end without change of direction (i.e., not to the 
side); and 

(v) be sealed to the rainheads and sumps. 

3.7.5 Overflow devices 

3.7.5.1 Hydraulic capacity 

The hydraulic capacity of an overflow device shall be not less than the design flow for the 
associated gutter outlet. Overflow devices shall discharge to the atmosphere. 

3.7.5.2 Operation 

Overflow devices that discharge from — 

(a) rainheads do not require an increase in the depth of flow in the box gutter (see 
Figure 3.7(a)); 

(b) sumps do require an increase in the depth of flow in the box gutter and are either — 

(i) side overflow (see Figure 3.7(b)); or 

(ii) high-capacity overflow (see Figure 3, 7(c)) where in the event of a blockage in 
the normal vertical downpipe A the water level in the primary sump B will rise 
to and overtop the overflow weirs CI and C2 (each weir length equal to the 
width of the adjacent box gutter) to flow either directly, or indirectly by the 
overflow channel D, to the secondary sump E and then to the overflow vertical 
downpipe F, 

1 A vertical pipe overflow, where for example downpipe F (Figure 3.7(c)) projects 
through the floor of the sump, is a possible alternative where a high-capacity 
device is not required. No equations, graphs or examples are provided for vertical 
pipe overflow devices due to a lack of appropriate research data. It is recommended 
that vertical pipe overflows be designed by suitably qualified competent persons 
taking into account the water profile in the gutter upstream of the overflow device. 

2 Where water flowing directly into the overflow is a problem, a deflector or cap 
may be installed to divert the water. 

3.7.6 Downpipes 
Downpipes shall — 

(a) be fitted vertically to the base of a rainhead or sump; and 

(b) discharge to — 

(i) a rainhead or sump of a lower gutter (see Clause 3.4.5); or 
(ii) the surface water drainage system. 

3.8 SOAKERS 

NOTE: Data for the design of soakers is the subject of research and when available will be 
considered for adoption in the Standard. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



36 



Rainhea 



Overflow weir 



Downpipe 




Box gutter 



Wall 



(a) Rainhead 
V— Overflow duct or channel 



X gutter 




npipe 



(c) Sump/high capacity overflow device (see Clause 3,7,2,2(b)(ii)) 

NOTES: 

1 Layout of sump/side overllow device may have to be varied due to constraints (see Figure 3.7(b)). 

2 Where desired, the sides of the sump/high-eapaeity overllow device may be perforated to flush the 
downpipe (F) (see Figure 3.7(c)). 

3 The normal outlet may be moved longitudinally to enable better inspection and maintenance access (see 
Clause 3.7.4 (f)) (see Figure 3.7 (c)). 

4 For criteria for overflow devices see Clause 3.7.5. 



FIGURE 3.7 OVERFLOW DEVICES— BOX GUTTERS 
COPYRIGHT 



37 



A S/N/.S 35003:2003 



( START ^ 



:^ 



Determine the ARI from Clause 3.3.4 (Table 3.1), 

For convenience this flow chart assumes that ARI of 

100 years for Australia and 50 years for New Zealand are selected. 

If other ARI are selected, adjust the flow chart to suit. 



(b) 



Determine the rainfall intensity for the site from Clause 3.3.5. 

For Australia, see Appendix E Figures - Rainfall intensities (mm/hr) for 5 min 

duration and an ARI of 100 years. (Referred to as ^^^I^). 

For New Zealand, see Appendix F Figures and determine ^O/iQ' 

See Appendix D for Guidelines for rainfall intensities. 



L 



t^\ I Obtain dimensions and other relevant data from physical observations and 

measurements, plans or both, (See Paragraph J2, Appendix J for an example. 



(d) 



(e) 



7 



Select position of box gutter, expansion joint(s) and outlet(s) based on approximate maximum 
catchment from Figure 11 for 16 L/s flow and site rainfall intensities, 



Determine catchment area A^ for each section of box gutter and each outlet. (See Clause 3.4) 



Determine the design flows (O) from Figure II using O^^I^] or {^^I^q) and /l^ . Design each bo> 

gutter and rainhead separately. 



(9) 



Ih) 



f STOP V 

Beyond scope 
of general method 



Yes 



Subsequent trials 




A^ needs to be reduced. 

Review selections at (d). An 

increase in the number of 

outlets may require sumps 

rather than rainheads. 



Determine sole width iw^^] and gradients of box gutter, from Figure II using the design flow. 



(i) Determine the actual minimum depth of the box gutter [h^] from Figure II using O, w^^q, and gradient. 



(J) 



(k) 



\\/ 



Select a size of vertical downpipe and total depth of rainhead ( h,-) from Figure 13. 



f 



Check if the total depth {h), needs to be adjusted as required by Note 1 
of Figure I2 rainhead. 



7 



Determine the length of rainhead (/,-] from Figure 13. 



Determine the size of the rainhead from Figure 12 using/j^, and /^ . 



( FINISH } 



MOTES: 

1 Selected positions of box gutter, expansion joint(s), rainheads, downpipes and overHovv devices shall be 
compatible with the layout of buildings and site stormwater drains and the criteria for thermal variation 
(see Clause 4.3). 

2 Figure 13 is for a box gutter with a gradient of 1:200. For steeper gradients, determine From Figure II, (\:>r 
the design How, the equivalent total depth of box gutter with a gradient of 1:200. Determine froiTi 
Figure 13, lx)r the equivalent total depth, the increased /,.. 

FIGURE 3.8 FLOW CHART— GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF BOX GUTTERS, 

RAINHEADS AND DOWNPIPES 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



38 



C 



START 



3 



Determine the ARI from Clause 3.3.4 [Table 3,1). 

For convenience this flow chart assumes that ARI of 

100 years for Australia and 50 years for New Zealand are selected. 

If other ARI are selected, adjust the flow chart to suit. 



J£ 



Determine the rainfall intensity for the site from Clause 3.3.5. 

For Australia, see Appendix E figures - Rainfall intensities (mm/hr) for 5 min 

duration and an ARI of 100 years, (Referred to as 100/5 ) 



For New Zealand, see Appendix F figures and determine 50/. 



See Appendix D for guidelines for rainfall intensities. 



10' 



Obtain dimensions and other relevant data from physical observations and 
measurements, plans or both. See Paragraph J3, Appendix J for an example. 



Select position of box gutter, expansion jointis] and outlet(s) based on approximate 
maximum catchment from Figure II for 16 L/s and site rainfall intensities. 



:ik_ 



Determine catchment area [A^] for each section of box gutter and each outlet, 

(See Clause 3.4) 



-^ 



(f) 



(g) 



Determine the design flows [Q] from Figure II using [IOO/J or (50/^q) and A^. Design each 
sump/side overflow device and associated box gutters separately. 



^_ 



Determine sole width (^Vbg) and minimum depth of box gutter (/Vg) for free flow conditions 
from Figure II for the box gutter with the maximum flow. 



(h) 



C 



Stop 



Beyond scope of 
general method 



C 



Stop 



Beyond scope of 
general method 




Aq needs to be reduced. 

Review selections at (d). 

Possible measures include 

repositioning outlets and 

expansion joints, increasing 

the number of outlets, or a 

combination of measures, 



FIGURE 3.9 (in part) FLOW CHART— GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF BOX 
GUTTERS, SUMP/SIDE OVERFLOW DEVICES AND DOWNPIPES 



COPYRIGHT 



39 



A S/^ZS 35003:2003 




(j) 



(k) 



(I) 



Select downpipe from Figure 14 for the total design flow through the outlet, 
Determine the depth of sump (A?s). 



Determine the minimum horizontal distance between the sides of the overflow channel and 
those of the sump ( /qc ) ffom Figure 16(a) for the largest flow in any one box gutter. 



Select the width of the overflow channel (m/qc) and determine minimum depth of 

overflow channel Oqc • 



Determine the minimum height of the top of the box gutters above the crest of the 
overflow channel weir A?t = (/oc + (<^oc+ 30)) - (0.7 /qc ) = 170 mm 




Review selection of 
overflow channel width 
i^oc at (I), or selection 

of box gutter width 



Determine the size of sump/side overflow device and sump from Figure 16 



C FINISH J 



NOTES: 

1 Selected positions of box gutter, expansion Joint(s), sumps, downpipes and overllow devices to be 
compatible with the layout of buildings and site stormwater drains and the criteria for thermal variation 
(see Clause 4.3). 

2 The total design flow is the summation of the design flow for each box gutter and the section of roofing 
discharged directly into the sump. 

FIGURE 3.9 (in part) FLOW CHART— GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF BOX 
GUTTERS, SUMP/SIDE OVERFLOW DEVICES AND DOWNPIPES 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



40 



c 



START 



^ 



Determine the ARI from Clause 3.3.4 [Table 3.1). 

For convenience this flow chart assumes that ARI of 

100 years for Australia and 50 years for New Zealand are selected. 

If other ARI are selected, adjust the flow chart to suit. 



-£- 



(b) 



Determine the rainfall intensity for the site from Clause 3.3.5, 

For Australia, see Appendix E figures - Rainfall intensities (mm/hr) for 5 min 

duration and an ARI of 100 years, (Referred to as 100/^ ). 

For New Zealand, see Appendix F figures and determine 50/.^. , 
See appendix D for guidelines for rainfall intensities. 



:i_ 



Obtain dimensions and other relevant data from physical observations and 
measurements, plans or both. (See Paragrapfi J4, Appendix J for an 

example.) 



(d) 



(e) 



(f) 



(g) 



Select position of box gutter, expansion joint(s) and outlet(s) based on approximate 
maximum catchment from Figure II for 16 L/s flow and site rainfall intensities. 



T 



Determine catchment area /l^ for each section of box gutter and each outlet, 

(See Clause 3.4). 



Determine the design flows (O) from Figure II using ( lOO/c) or (50/.^) and /l^ 
Design each sump/high capacity overflow device and associatea box gutters separ 



eparately. 



Determine sole width iw^^ and maximum depth of box gutter (h^] for free flow 
conditions from Figure II for the box gutter with the maximum flow. 



(h) 



r Stop ^V- 



Yes 



Subsequent trials 
Beyond scope of 
general nnethod 



f Stop \ 



Beyond scope of 
general nnetfiod 



Yes 




Yes 



First trial 



A^ needs to be reduced, 

Review selections at (d). 

Possible measures include 

repositioning outlets and 

expansion joints, increasing 

the number of outlets, or a 

combination of measures. 



FIGURE 3.10 (in part) FLOW CHART— GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF BOX 
GUTTERS, SUMP/HIGH-CAPAGITY OVERFLOW DEVICES AND DOWNPIPES 



COPYRIGHT 



41 



AS/N/S35(»0.3:2003 




(j) 



(k) 



Select downpipe from Figure 14 for the total design flow through the outlet. 
Determine the depth of sump ihs) which shall not be less than 150 mm (See Clause 3.7,4) 



Determine the height of the overflow weirs (/qcI above the sole of the box gutter from 
Figure 16(a) for the largest flow in any one box gutter. 



Determine the minumum height of the box gutter above the top of the overflow weirs (^t) 
from Figure 16(a) for the largest flow in any one box gutter. 



Yes 



-iK- 



Minimum depth of box 
gutter c^bg = (^t + ^oc ) 




No 



Minimum depth of box 
gutter c/bg^^a 



Yes 



(Pl 



The datum level for the 

depth of the sump is the 

sole of the box gutter 




No 



_^ 



The datum for the 
depth of the sump 
is the downstream 

sole of the overflow 
channel (60 - /qc ) 

below the sole of the 
box gutter 



Determine the size of sump/high overflow device and sump from Figure 17, 
using the required datum level, ^g ^^^ ^oc 
The depth of the sump shall not be less than 150 mm 



c 



N/ 



FINISH 



3 



NOTBS: 

1 Selected positions of box gutter, expansion Joint(s), sumps, downpipes and overflow deviees shall be 
compatible with the layout of buildings and site stormwater drains and the criteria for thermal variation 
(see Clause 4.3). 

2 The total design How is the summation of the design t1ow for each box gutter and the section of roofing 
discharged directly into the sump. 

FIGURE 3.10 (in part) FLOW CHART— GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF BOX 
GUTTERS, SUMP/HIGH-CAPACITY OVERFLOW DEVICES AND DOWNPIPES 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/^S 3500.3:2003 42 



SECTION 4 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEMS— 

INSTALLATIONS 

4.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies installation requirements for roof drainage systems. 

4.2 TRANSPORT, HANDLING AND STORAGE 

4.2.1 General 

Roof drainage system components and support systems shall be transported, handled and 
stored with care so that no damage occurs during these operations. When stored on site they 
shall be in sheltered and secure positions. 

4.2.2 Strippable polymer coating 

Strippable polymer coatings shall be removed from components during installation. 

4.3 THERMAL VARIATION 

4.3.1 General 

Where thermal variation of roof drainage system components or support systems, or both, 
would otherwise have a deleterious effect, adequate provision shall be made to 
accommodate such variation. Where thermal variation is to be controlled, the restraint shall 
be limited to one fixed point per section and due allowance shall be made for the forces that 
will be imposed by it. 

4.3.2 Expansion joints 

Expansion joints shall comply with the following: 

(a) Box gutters For box gutters and support systems, the maximum lengths between 
expansion joints and minimum expansion space shall be as given in Table 4.1. The 
gaps between the stop ends shall be bridged by a suitable saddle flashing. The 
maximum lengths between expansion joints in Table 4.1 shall apply from the fixed 
point to the free end/s. 

(b) Eaves gutters Eaves gutters shall have support systems that permit longitudinal 
thermal expansion without detriment to the gutter or accessories. 

(c) Downpipes Downpipes shall have support systems that permit thermal expansion 
without detriment to the downpipe or accessories. 

NOTE: The temperature variation experienced by products will depend upon geographical 
location, extent of shading and absorptivity and surface colour. During summer, in most parts 
of Australia and New Zealand, the temperature of products exposed to direct sunlight may 
exceed 80°C. 



COPYRIGHT 



43 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



4.4 CORROSION 

4.4.1 Corrosion due to direct contact 

Metal roof drainage system components, including accessories and fasteners, and, where 
applicable, metal cladding shall be designed with either — 

(a) compatible metals in direct contact (see Table 4.2); or 

(b) where unavoidable, incompatible metals separated by an impervious non-conducting 
material. 

NOTES: 

1 Combinations of metals, given in Table 4.2, are based on current knowledge and the premise 
that the area of rainwater goods or metal cladding is relatively large in comparison to that of 
accessories or fasteners. 

2 The resistance of roof drainage system components of certain metals to corrosive agents is 
partly dependent on the beneficial washing action of rain and no permanent ponding. 

3 The service life of most metals in severe marine atmospheres and industrial areas with 
atmospheres contaminated by acid-bearing agents can be extended by the use of special 
painting procedures (see AS/NZS 2312). 

4.4.2 Corrosion due to drainage 

Metal roof drainage system components shall be designed and installed to prevent 
corrosion, erosion, or both, due to drainage from metal and non-metal roof drainage system 
components and, where applicable, cladding. 

ISIOTE: Table 4.3 gives guidance on combinations for materials to prevent corrosion, erosion, or 
both, due to drainage. 

TABLE 4.1 

BOX GUTTERS AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS—MAXIMUM LENGTH BETWEEN 
EXPANSION JOINTS AND MINIMUM: EXPANSION SPACE 



Material 


Coefficient 


Base 

metal 


Maximum length between 
expansion joints 


Minimum 
expansion space 




of thermal 


thickness 


m 


mm 




expansion 
per °C 




One end fixed 


Both ends free 








mm 


and 

one end free to 

move 


to move 




Aluminium 


24 X 10"^^^ 


0.90 


12 


24 


50 






1.00 


12 


24 




Copper 


17x1 Q-^ 


0.60 


9 


18 


50 






0.80 


15 


30 








1.00 


26 


52 




Steel 


12 X \(y^' 


0.55 


20 


40 


50 






0.75 


25 


50 




Stainless steel 


\7 xur'' 


0.55 


20 


40 


50 


PVC 


70 X 10^^ 


— 


10 


20 


30 


Zine 


26 X 10^^ 


0.80 


10 


20 


50 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 44 



4.4.3 Corrosion due to crevices 



Metal roof drainage systems and support systems shall be designed and installed to achieve 
complete drainage or drying. Shielded areas capable of causing permanent ponding shall be 
avoided to prevent the possibility of intense localized corrosion known as crevice corrosion. 

>JOTE: Tills type of attack results from contact of metal with moisture and salts under oxygen- 
deficient conditions where trapped moisture cannot readily evaporate. It can be caused by lap 
joints, absorbent gaskets, holes, crevices under bolt or rivet heads or surface deposits including 
non-metallic materials, such as elastomeric materials, plastic, fabrics, lifted paint films or 
accumulated solids. 

4.4.4 Corrosion dues to chemical incompatibility 

Bedding materials used in conjunction with roof drainage systems shall be chemically 
compatible. Cement-based bedding may be used between tiles and valley gutters other than 
those of exposed aluminium/zinc alloy coated steel, 

4.5 INSTALLATION AND TESTING 

4.5.1 Installation 

Installation of each new, or altered section of the roof drainage system shall be in 
compliance with the following: 

(a) There shall be no restrictions to the free flow of stormwater due to — 
(i) protrusions or other obstructions; or 

(ii) debris, e.g., cement, mortar, clippings, and similar. 

(b) All accessories shall be effectively fixed and securely anchored. 

4.5.2 Testing 

Downpipes within buildings shall comply with Section 10. 



COPYRIGHT 



o 
o 

< 

o 



TABLE 4.2 
COMPATIBILITY OF DIRECT CONTACT BETWEEN METALS 











Accessory or 


fastener material 








Fastener material 


Roof drainage system 
components and any 


Aluminium 


alloys 


Copper and 
copper alloys'^ 


Stainless steel 
(300 series) 


Zinc-coated steel 
and zinc 


Aluminium/zinc 
alloy-coated steel 


Lead 


Ceramic or organic 
coated 


cladding material 








Atmospheric classif 


ication 










SI and VS 


Mild 


Sland VS 


Mild 


SlandVS 


Mild 


SI and VS 


Mild 


SlandVS 


Mild 


SlandVS 


Mild 


SI, VS and Mild 


Aluminium alloys 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


t 


Yes 




+ 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


Yes 


Copper and copper alloys 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Stainless steel (300 series) 


No 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Zinc-coated steel and zinc 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Aluminium/zinc alloy- 
coated steel 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


+ 




Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


Yes 


Lead § 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 



"^ Includes monel metal rivets. 

t Grade 316 in accordance with ASTM A240 is suitable. 

J Unpainted zinc-coated steel and zinc are suitable for direct contact but should not receive drainage from an inert catchment. 

§ Due to its toxicity, lead is not recommended for rainwater goods. 

LEGEND: 

SL VS, Mild = severe industrial, very severe and mild classifications (see AS/NZS 2312). 

Yes = acceptable — as a result of bimetallic contact, either no additional corrosion of rainwater goods will take place, or at the worst, only very slight 

additional corrosion. It also implies that the degree of corrosion would not significantly shorten the service life. 
No = not acceptable — moderate to severe corrosion of rainw'ater goods will occur, a condition which may result in a significant reduction in the service 

life. 

NOTE: Unless adequate separation can be assured, prepainted rainwater goods should be considered in terms of the base metal or coated metal product. 






N 



o 
o 

< 
G) 



TABLE 4.3 

COMPATIBILITY OF DRAINAGE FROM AN UPPER SURFACE 
TO A LOWER METAL SURFACE 





Upper cladding or roof drainage system material 


Lower roof 

drainage system 

material 


Aluminium alloys 


Copper and 
copper alloys 


Stainless 
steel 

(300 series) 


Zinc- 
coated 
steel and 
zinc 


Aluminium/ 
zinc alloy- 
coated steel 


Lead 


Prepainted 
metal 


Roof tiles 


Plastic 




Glazed 


Unglazed 


Glass 


Aluminium alloys 


Yes 


No 


t 


Yes 


Yes 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Copper and copper 
alloys 


^ 


Yes 


* 


* 


* 


Yes 


^ 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Stainless steel (300 
series) 


* 


^ 


Yes 


* 


* 


Yes 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Zinc-coated steel 
and zinc 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


No 


* 


No 


No 


Yes 


No 


No 


Aluminium/zinc 
alloy- coated steel 


Yes 


No 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Lead 


^ 


* 


* 


^ 


* 


Yes 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 



* Whilst drainage between the materials shown would be acceptable, direct material contact should be avoided (see Table 4.2). 

LEGEND: 

Yes = acceptable No = not acceptable 

NOTE: 'Acceptable' and 'not acceptable' imply similar performances to those noted in Table 4.2. 



S 



4^ 



47 AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 



4.6 INSPECTION AND CLEANING 

NOTES: 

1 Sizing of stormwater drainage installations assumes that the responsible owner or manager 
arranges regular inspection and cleaning to remove any obstructions that would reduce the 
installation's hydraulic capacity or design lifetime, or both. 

2 Obstructions that could cause partial or complete reduction in the hydraulic capacity are 
windborne plastics, drink cans, builders' refuse, balls, bird nests, items deposited by birds, 
dead birds, leaves, moss, mortar, silt or similar. 

3 Guards on gutters and gutter outlets and screens on outlets from on-site stormwater detention 
(OSD) facilities are installed to prevent reduction in hydraulic capacity due to obstructions. 
Installation of such guards and screens does not eliminate the need for regular inspection and 
cleaning. Guards used with rainwater goods might collect debris during high intensity storms, 
in spite of regular inspection and cleaning, and for this reason it might be better not to install 
such guards, particularly on box gutter sumps, 

4.7 ALTERATIONS AND DISCONNECTION 
NOTES: 

1 Disused roof drainage system components, including overflow devices, should be removed 
and any resulting openings to the remaining roof drainage system or surface-drainage system 
should be sealed in a manner appropriate for the material remaining in use. 

2 Disused accessories and fasteners should be removed and any damage to the building made 
good in a manner appropriate for the material damaged. 

4.8 EAVES GUTTERS 

Eaves gutters shall be installed as follows: 

(a) Gradients Deviations from nominal gradients shall be smooth and not cause 
permanent ponding. 

NOTES 

1 Where a building is likely to move due to reactive soils, gradients may need to be not 
flatter than— 

(a) 1 :250 to achieve an effective gradient not flatter than 1 :500; or 

(b) 1 :500 to achieve an effective gradient with no permanent ponding. 

2 Light condensation will not generally cause permanent ponding whereas heavy 
condensation, particularly in conjunction with retained silt, can reduce the design lifetime 
of the product. 

(b) Lap joints For metal gutters with laps between 20 mm to 25 mm the lap shall be 
fully sealed. Wider laps shall be sealed and fastened at each end of the lap rather than 
filling the total area. 

(c) Support systems Support systems shall comply with Clause 4. 16. 

4.9 BOX GUTTERS 

Box gutters shall be installed as follow^s: 

(a) Gradients Gradients shall be not flatter than 1:200 for sole widths equal to or less 
than 600 mm wide. Deviations from these gradients shall be smooth and not cause 
permanent ponding. 

(b) Lap joints Lap joints shall be in accordance with Clause 4.8(b). 

(c) Support systems Support systems shall be in accordance with Clause 4.8(c). 

(d) Outlets Outlets shall discharge through either a rainhead or a sump. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 48 



(e) Expansion joints Where necessary, expansion joints shall be provided (see 
Clause 4.3). All fixings shall be in the form of cleats and clips to allow freedom of 
movement. 

>JOTE: The sides of a box gutter should have adequate structural strength so that water pressure 
will not cause deformation that can affect water surface levels and hence the hydraulic capacity of 
a box gutter. 

4.10 VALLEY GUTTERS 

Valley gutters shall be installed as follows: 

(a) Lap joints Lap joints shall be in accordance with Clause 4.8(b) and 150 mm min. lap 
for an unsealed joint. 

(b) Support systems Support systems shall be in accordance with Clause 4.8(c). 

(c) Edges Edges shall be rolled or returned to prevent splashing. 

4.11 DOWNPIPES 

Downpipes shall be installed as follows: 

(a) Locations Downpipes shall be located — 

(i) so that they do not interfere with the normal operation of any door, window, 
access opening or occupancy of a building; 

(ii) where they do not cause a nuisance or lead to injury of a person; 

(iii) as close as practicable to the supporting structure; 

(iv) so that they are adequately protected from mechanical damage; 

(v) at least 1 00 mm clear of any electrical cable or gas pipe; and 

(vi) at least 50 mm from any other pipework or service. 

(b) Concealment or limited access Downpipes in buildings may be concealed or have 
limited access provided — 

(i) the inspection openings (see Item (d)) are accessible; 

>JOTE: To facilitate maintenance, inspection openings should be extended to the face 
of a wall or slab, 

(ii) the installation complies with the manufacturer's recommended installation and 
maintenance procedures for the materials and products; 

(iii) the seams and joints are watertight; and 

(iv) unless otherwise directed by an engineer, they are — 

(A) clear of any structural member, e.g., beam, or column, or party wall; or 

(B) not concealed in any dry wall construction that could interfere with the 
structural integrity of the wall. 

(c) Connections within buildings Where a downpipe is connected to a site stormwater 
drain located below a slab-on-ground, the connection shall be located above the level 
of the tloor. 

(d) Inspection openings Inspection openings for testing and maintenance purposes shall 
have a nominal size of not less than nominal diameter of the downpipe. 

(e) Support systems The support systems shall comply with Clause 4.16. 



COPYRIGHT 



49 AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 

4.12 OVERFLOW DEVICES OR MEASURES 

Overflow devices for box gutters shall comply with Clause 3.7.5. Overflow measures for 
eaves gutters shall comply with Clause 3.5.3. 

4.13 JOINTS FOR METAL COMPONENTS 

4.13.1 General 

Compatibility of materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of Table 4.2 and 
Table 4.3. 

4.13.2 Type of joints 

4.13.2.1 Soldered 

Soldered joints shall be clean and free from grease, and shall be flush and lapped in the 
direction of the outlets, as specified, and completely sweated with solder to form a secure 
joint that does not cause permanent ponding. Immediately after cleaning, the surfaces to be 
jointed shall be painted with the appropriate flux given in Table 4.5. 
NOTES: 

1 60/40 or 80/20 tin/lead solder can enhance the surface finish of stainless steel. 

2 Because of the risk to health and safety, care should be exercised during the preparation and 
handling effluxes. 

The laps for — 

(a) eaves gutters, shall be — 

(i) for in-line joints, not less than 25 mm; and 

(ii) for all other joints, as specified by the manufacturer; and 

(b) box gutters fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 40 mm centres and not less than 
10 mm from the edges of the joint. 

4.13.2.2 Sealant 

Sealant joints shall be used in conjunction with mechanical connections or fasteners as 
specified in AS/NZS 2179.1, spaced at not more than 40 mm centres. The sealant shall be 
sandwiched between clean surfaces of the components of the joint to ensure a positive seal 
and to protect the sealant from exposure to ultraviolet radiation. To ensure complete cure of 
silicone rubber sealants, the width of sealant bead, when compressed, should not exceed 
25 mm. 

Laps shall be as for soldered joints, as appropriate. 

TABLE 4.5 

FLUXES 



Material to be joined 


Type of flux 


Zinc-coated steel 


Dilute hydrochloric acid* 


Copper and copper alloy 


Zinc chloride (killed spirits) 


Stainless steel 


Phosphoric acid based Hux tor soldering! 


Zinc 


Zinc chloride (killed spirits) 



* Muriatic acid. 1:3 dilution of hydrochloric acid. 
t Chloride-based Huxes are not used. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 50 



4.13.3 Aluminiuin alloys 

Aluminium alloy components including accessories shall be jointed with one of the 
following: 

(a) Brazed joints Brazed joints shall have a minimum lap and shall be brazed with 
aluminium/silicon alloys containing 11.5 ±1.5% silicon. Lower melting point 
aluminium/silicon alloys shall not be used, Flux-aflected areas shall be thoroughly 
washed with water to prevent subsequent corrosion. 

(b) Welded Joinis Welded joints shall be shop fabricated and be either the gas metal-arc 
welding (GM AW) or gas tungsten-arc welding GTA W type (see AS 1 665), 

(c) Soldered joints Soldered joints shall not be used with aluminium alloys due, in the 
presence of moisture, to galvanic action. 

NOTES: 

1 Field fabrication should be limited to joints that are fully protected from air movement and 
moisture. 

2 GMAW and GTAW types are also known as MIG and TIG welding types, respectively. 

4.13.4 Aluminium/zinc alloy-coated steel 

Aluminium/zinc alloy-coated steel components, including accessories, shall be jointed with 
sealant joints and fasteners as specified in Clause 4.13.1.2. 

4.13.5 Stainless steel 

Stainless steel components including accessories shall be jointed with one of the following: 

(a) Sealant joints Sealant joints shall be as specified in Clause 4.13.1.2, 

(b) Soldered joints Soldered joints shall be as specified in Clause 4.13.1.1. 

(c) Welded joints Welded joints shall be either — 

(i) spot welds at normal rivet centres, i.e., about 40 mm, and sealed with either 
solder by sweating from the inside or sealant; or 

(ii) continuous weld. 

Where material thickness allows, GMAW or GTAW may be used. 

4.13.6 Zinc and zinc-coated steel 

Zinc and zinc-coated steel components, including accessories, shall be jointed with one of 
the following; 

(a) Sealant joints Sealant joints shall be as specified in Clause 4.13.1.2. 

(b) Soldered joints Soldered joints shall be as specified in Clause 4,13.1 .1 . 

4.14 JOINTS FOR PVC COMPONENTS 

Joints for PVC components, including accessories, shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.2(lnt). 

4.15 JOINTS FOR OTHER COMPONENTS 

Joints for other components of similar and dissimilar metals and non-metals shall be as 
given in Table 4.6. 



COPYRIGHT 



51 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



TABLE 4.6 

PERMISSIBLE JOINTS FOR OTHER COMPONENTS OF SIMILAR OR 

DISSIMILAR MATERIALS 











From mate 


rial 1 








To material 




Cast iron 


Copper 












2 


Aluminium 
alloy 


and 

ductile 

iron 


and 

copper 

alloy 


Galvanized 
steel 


FRC* 


GRP 


PVC 


PE 


Aluminium 


BG MC 


BG 




BG BG 






BG 




alloys 


ES WDt 

BR 


ES 


— 


ES 
ER 


— 


— 


BS 
SC/ER 


■ — 


Cast iron 


BG 


BG 


BG 


BG 


BG 


BG 


BG 




and ductile 


BS 


ES 


SB/ER 


ER 


ES 


ES 


BS 




iron 




ER 






ER 


ER 


SC/ER 




Copper and 


__ 


BG 


SB 


BG 


BG 


BG 


SC/TII/ 


IVIVI^II 


copper alloy 




ER/SB 


ES 

SS 


IH/SB 
ER/SB 


ER 


li^S 


SB 

SC/ER/ 

SB 

BS 


Til/Ill 
TI-I/SS 


Galvanized 


BG 


BG 


SB/ 111 


111 BG 


ER 


BG 


SC/TH 


— 


steel 


ES 


ER 


SB/ER 


MC 




ER 


SC/BR 




FRC* 


— 


BG ER 

ES 


BG 
ER 


ER 


BG ER 

ES 


— 


ES 
ER 


— 


GRP 










BG ER 
ES 


BG 
ER 

ES 






PVC 


BG 


BG 


SB/TH/SC 


TH/SC 


BG ER 




SC 


sc/ni 




ES 


ES 
ER/SC 


SB/ER/SC 

ES 


ER/SC 


ES 




ES 
PC 




PE 


BG 
ES 


■ 


rij/Bh^ 

TH/TH 
SS/TH 


~" 




— 


rii/sc 


Bl' Til 
EF ES 
MC FE 



* Under buildings limited to ES. 

t Eimited to shop GTAW for thicknesses equal to or greater than 0.7 mm. 



LEGEND 


Symbol 


Joint type 


Reference 


Symbol 


Joint type 


Reference 


BE 


Butt fusion 




MC 


Mechanical coupling 


AS 1761 


BG 


Bolted gland 


2.8.2.1 


SB 


Silver brazed 


2.8.2.8 


EE 


Blectrofusion 




SC 


Solvent cement 


2.8.2.10 


ER 


Epoxy resin 


2.8.2.4 


SS 


Soft solder 


2.8.2.9 


ES 


Elastomeric seal 


2.8.2.3 


TM 


Threaded 


2.8.2.1 1 


EC 


Metal-bonded 
flexible coupling 


2.8.2.6 


WD 


GMAW or GTAW 


AS 1665 


PL 


Flanged 


AS 4087 









NOTES: 

1 The direction of How is to be from material 1 to material 2. 

2 Where joint types are separated by one or more slashes, the joint between pipe materials 
requires an appropriate transition fitting or adaptor. 

3 Joints of dissimilar materials shall comply with Clause 4.4. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 52 

4.16 SUPPORT SYSTEMS 

4.16.1 Types 

The types of support systems are either non-trafTicable or trafficable (see vertical load test 
of AS/NZS 2179.1) and may be discontinuous or continuous. 

4.16.2 Criteria 

Support systems shall — 

(a) be fabricated from materials that — 

(i) are compatible with the supported roof drainage system; and 

(ii) where exposed to direct sunlight, are resistant to ultraviolet light; 

NOTE: Incompatible materials may be used provided the contact surfaces are lined 
with a non-abrasive, impervious, non-conducting material. 

(b) be securely attached to the building structure; 

(c) have no other service attached to them or be attached to any other service; 

(d) be protected against corrosion where exposed to a corrosive environment; and 

(e) be securely attached to prevent longitudinal movement, unless designed to allow for 
thermal effect. 

4.16.3 Support systems for eaves gutters 

Support systems for eaves gutters manufactured from — 

(a) metals shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.1; 

(b) PVC shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.2(]nt); and 

all eaves gutters and their support systems shall be non-trafficable. 

4.16.4 Support systems for box gutters 

Support systems for box gutters manufactured from — 

(a) metals shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.1; and 

(b) PVC shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.2(Int). 

Such support systems shall be either — 

(i) continuous, where the support extends across the sole width for the full length of the 
gutter and provides a direct evenly distributed contact to not less than 25% of the sole 
width; or 

(ii) discontinuous, where the support brackets extend across the sole width of the gutter 
and are located at stop ends, both ends of sumps, rainheads and intervals not greater 
than 750 mm, or are located in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 

NOTES: 

1 Continuous support systems should be used for sole widths greater than 450 mm. 

2 For the design loads for support systems (see AS/NZS 1 170.1). 

4.16.5 Support systems for valley gutters 

Support systems for valley gutters manufactured trom— 

(a) metals shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.1; and 

(b) PVC shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.2(int). 

NOTB: For the design loads for support systems refer to AS/MZS 1 170. 

COPYRIGHT 



53 A S/NZS 3500.3:2003 

4.16.6 Support systems for downpipes 

4.16.6.1 Vertical 

Support systems for vertical downpipes manufactured from — 

(a) metals shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.1; and 

(b) PVC shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.2(lnt). 

4.16.6.2 Graded 

Support systems for graded downpipes of — 

(a) metals shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.1; and 

(b) PVC shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.2(lnt). 

Jointed pipes and fittings shall have support spacing — 

(i) for aluminium alloys, not exceeding 2000 mm; 

(ii) for cast iron, ductile cast iron, copper, copper alloys, galvanized steel and stainless 
steel, not exceeding 3000 mm; 

(iii) for FRC and GRP, not exceeding 4000 mm; 

(iv) for PVC, as specified for pressure pipe systems in AS 2032; and 

(v) for PE, as specified for pressure pipes above ground in AS 2033. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 54 



SEC T I O N 5 S U R FACE D R A 1 N A G E 

S Y S T E M S ^ D E S I G N 

5.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies methods for the design and procedures for surface drainage systems. 

5.2 DESIGN METHODS 

5.2.1 Methods 

This Section provides two design methods, as follows: 

(a) The general method (see Clause 5.4) 

(b) The nominal method (see Clause 5.5). 

Either method may be used within the specified limitations. 

5.2.2 General criteria 

Piped systems shall meet the minimum pipe diameter, cover and gradient criteria specified 
in this Standard. Such systems shall be arranged so that any overflows will not pond 
against, or enter into buildings. 

5.2.3 Design rainfall intensity 

Elements shall be designed to contain within surface drains, gutters or formed flow paths 
minor storm events of the appropriate average recurrence interval (ARl) specified in 
Table 5.1. Surface drainage systems shall be designed to ensure overflows, in storm events 
with an ARl of 100 years in Australia or 50 years in New Zealand, do not present a hazard 
to people or cause significant damage to property. 

5.3 LAYOUT 

5.3.1 General 

Layouts of surface drainage systems should take full advantage of the existing and proposed 
topography of the site and the position and level of the point or points of connection to the 
stormwater drainage network. 

5.3.2 Influences on layout 

Factors that determine a layout include the following: 

(a) Site conditions, including — 

(i) the intended uses of existing and proposed buildings; 

(ii) location of downpipes and overflow devices, where appropriate, surcharge 
outlets and outlets of any internal drainage or pump-out systems; 

(iii) any stormwater discharges from adjacent land; 

(iv) location of existing and proposed pervious and impervious areas, such as paved 
areas, parking lots and gardens; 

(v) soil types and strata, and vegetative cover and trees; 

(vi) locations of access to the site, and to ground-level and below-ground floors of 
buildings (see Clause 5.3.3.4); 

(vii) location of existing and proposed services, e.g., sanitary drains, water services 
and similar; 

COPYRIGHT 



55 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

(viii) works necessary to protect buildings and other services during the installation 
of the surface water drainage system; 

(ix) works necessary to protect the surface water drainage system during the 
construction of proposed buildings and other services; 

(x) location of special drainage facilities, such as on-site stormwater detention 
storage areas and tanks; and 

(xi) location of existing and proposed arresters to reduce contaminants, e.g., 
petroleum products, leachate from rubbish tips on industrial or commercial 
sites. 

(b) Provision for overland flow paths for the safe disposal of stormwater flows due to 
discharge from — 

(i) roof drainage system overflow devices due to blockages of downpipes; 

(ii) surcharged site stormwater drains or point(s) of connection, i.e., surcharge 
outlets or inlet pits; or 

(iii) rainfall events with an ARI greater than the design ARI, allowing for possible 
discharges from adjacent areas. 

5.3.3 General criteria for layouts 

5.3.3.1 Roof areas 

Stormwater from roof areas shall, in general, be collected and conveyed in gutters and 
downpipes (see Section 3) and, during periods of high rainfall intensity or blockage of the 
roof drainage system, be discharged through overflow devices — 

(a) to site stormwater drains or channels; 

(b) to paved areas; or 

(c) to— 

(i) impinge onto concrete or stone splash blocks and then infiltrate into pervious 
areas; or 

(ii) discharge to subsoil drains or soakaways, either directly, i.e., by pipe, or 
indirectly, i.e., by infiltration. 

NOTE: Such systems may be desirable in areas with permeable soils, as a means of 
reducing the discharge of stormwater or increasing the water table; however, in areas 
with impervious soils, such systems may cause waterlogging of land and dampness in 
buildings. Where soils are expansive, damage may occur to footings. Consequently, all 
proposals for these systems may be required to be authorized by the regulatory 
authority. 

5.3.3.2 Other than roof areas 

Stormwater from other than roof areas shall, in general, be collected and conveyed via site 
stormwater channels and inlets to site stormwater drains. 

5.3.3.3 Ponding 

Except for on-site stormwater detention (OSD) systems (see Clause 5.4. 1 3), ponding of 
stormwater shall only occur temporarily at sag pits complying with Clause 5.4. 10.1. 
NOTES: 

1 Where the ground floor of a building is lower than the adjacent land, except at access ramps, 
the latter should be graded so that there is a reverse slope away from the building to permit 
the discharge of stormwater to a site stormwater drain or channel, 

2 The ground beneath timber floors and landscaping around and under buildings should be 
graded to prevent ponding and permit drainage to the outside of buildings. 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 56 



5.3.3.4 Entry into buildings 

Storm water shall be prevented from entering doorways and other openings in buildings. 
Where these are lower than adjacent ground surfaces, grated drains shall be designed and 
placed across ramps or entrances to intercept any flow, which would otherwise drain into 
the building. 

5.3.3.5 Coniainmenl of harmful substances 

Separate surface drainage systems or special arresters (see Clause 8.6) shall be provided for 
any parts of the property where materials that could pollute or block such drainage systems 
are stored or used. These drainage systems shall comply with the criteria of the network 
utility operator regarding containment of polluting substances. 

5.3.3.6 Inlet and pit locations 

Inlet pits should be located to intercept surface flows, while also fitting neatly into the 
layout of the site storm water drains. 

On-grade pits situated on sloping surfaces or in channels or gutters shall be sized to 
intercept a large proportion of the flow. They shall be located so that any bypass flows 
under minor storm event conditions will not cause a nuisance and that widths of 
concentrated flow are negotiable by pedestrians. 

inlet pits in locations subject to dengue fever borne by mosquitoes shall be without a sump 
and be self-draining. 

>JOTES: 

1 Care should be taken in locating and specifying details of grated pits in areas subject to 
pedestrian or vehicular traffic to avoid possible damage to pits and danger to pedestrians and 

cyclists. 

2 Site stormwater drains should be laid in straight lines — 

(a) to avoid conflict with other services; and 

(b) to minimize overall length and number of changes in direction. 

5.3.3.7 Sanitary drainage system 

Surface drainage systems shall be completely separate to any sanitary drainage system. 

5.4 GENERAL METHOD 
5.4.1 Basis 

The general method may be used for all buildings. 

Surface drainage systems shall be designed to provide protection against potential losses 
caused by any overflows, including damage to buildings and their contents, and injury and 
nuisance to persons. 

>JOTES: 

1 The general method for design of surface drainage systems uses the Rational Formula (see 
Equation 5.4.8) to calculate design flows from rainfalls of a given ARI and hydraulic charts to 
determine characteristics of the pipes needed to convey such flows. As consequences of 
failure may vary at different locations on a property, the ARI can be increased to reflect this. 

2 The larger the ARI selected for design, the greater the design rainfall intensity and flow, the 
larger the system and, subject to regular inspection and cleaning (see Clause 4.6), the lower 
the probability of overflow. 

3 Examples that illustrate the application of the general methods are given in Appendix K. 



COPYRIGHT 



57 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



5.4.2 Overland flood path 

Where consequences of failure of a surface drainage system are significant, allowance shall 
be made for flows on to the site from adjacent properties. The system shall convey flows 
without serious consequences such as entry of water into openings in buildings. If this does 
occur, remedial action shall be taken, such as one or more of the following: 

(a) Enlargement or extension of the surface drainage system. 

(b) Alteration of surfaces and flow paths by regrading and redirection, or provision of 
landscaping, bunds and other barriers. 

(c) Raising the level of the lowest floor. 

5.4.3 ARl 

Appropriate values of ARl for design vary according to the importance of the property, 
consequences of failure and local practice. 

The ARl shall be as given in Table 5.1. 

TABLE 5.1 

AVERAGE RECURRENCE INTERVALS 



Effect of surcharge — Overland flow 




ARP, 


years 


Austra 


ia 


New Zealand 


Small impact, in low density areas 


>1 


>1 


Normal impacts 


>2 


>2 


Ponding in Hat topography; or flooding of parking lots to depths 
greater than 150 mm 


>10 


>]() 


Impeded access to commercial and industrial buildings 


>10 


>10 


Ponding against adjoining buildings; or impeded access to 
institutional or important buildings (e.g., hospitals, town halls, 
school entrances) 


>20 


>!() 



* A higher ARl is appropriate where there is only limited access for maintenance. 

TMOTE: For Australia Table 5.1 should be used in conjunction with the BCA which has 
requirements to prevent rain and stormwater from entering certain buildings. 

5.4.4 Time of concentration 

The time of concentration used in the general method for design of surface drainage 
systems shall be as follows: 

(a) Australia 5 min. 

(b) New Zealand 10 min. 

5.4.5 Rainfall intensity 

The rainfall intensity used in Equation 5.4.8 is determined for a duration equal to the time 
of concentration and the selected ARl using design information available — 

(a) in Australia from — 

(i) the network utility operator, design aids showing rainfall intensities for various 
durations and ARls; 

(ii) Appendix E, which shows rainfall intensities for 5 min duration and ARls of 20 
and 1 00 years; or 

(iii) ARR87;and 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 58 

(b) in New Zealand from — 

(i) the network utility operator, design aids showing rainfall intensities for various 
durations and ARls; or 

(ii) Appendix F, whieh shows rainfall intensities for 10 min duration and ARls of 
10 and 50 years. 

MOTE: Design aids are usually in the form of rainfall intensity/frequency duration plots and 
tables supplied — 

(a) in Australia by the Hydrometeorological Advisory Services of the Bureau of Meteorology 
(see Appendix D); or 

(b) in New Zealand by the National Institute for Water and Atmosphere (see Appendix D). 
5.4.6 Run-off coefficients 

The run-off coefficients used in Equation 5.4,8 shall be as follows: 

(a) In Australia, they shall have the following values: 
(i) For a roofed area, CV equal to 1 .0. 

(ii) For an unroofed impervious (paved) area, Cj equal to 0.9. 
(iii) For an unroofed pervious area — 

(A) as calculated from the following equation: 

Cp -m(0.0133"/,o -0.233) • - • 5.4.6 

where 

Cp = run-off coefficient, for an unroofed pervious area 

m = factor dependent on the selected ARl (see Table 5.2) 

^^\loo _ Rainfall intensity for a 60-min (1 h) duration and ARl of 
10 years, in millimetres per hour but if^ — 

(a) less than 25, adopt 25; or 

(b) greater than 70, adopt 70 
for— 

(1 ) clay soils, increase Cp by 0.1; and 

(2) sandy soils, decrease Cp by 0.1, provided that the final value of Cp 
is not less than 0.1 ; or 

(B) as nominated by the network utility operator. 

(b) In New Zealand, they shall have the following values: 
(i) For a roofed area C, for — 

(A) steel and non-absorbent surfaces equal to 0.9; and 

(B) near flat and slightly absorbent, equal to 0,8. 

(ii) For an unroofed impervious (paved) area, Cj for ground slopes of 1:20 to 1:10 
with — 

(A) asphalt and concrete surfaces, equal to 0.85; and 

(B) store, brick and precast paving panels and — 

(1 ) sealed joints, equal to 0.8; and 

(2) open joints, equal to 0.60. 

COPYRIGHT 



59 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



(iii) For an unroofed pervious area, Cp for ground slopes of 1:20 to 1:10, as given 
Table 5.3. 

For ground slopes other than 1:20 to 1:10, the values given in Items (ii) and (iii) shall be 
varied in accordance with Table 5.4. 

TABLE 5.2 
MULTIPLIERS FOR RUN-OFF COEFFICIENTS 



ARB 

Years 


m 


1 


0.8 


2 


0.85 


5 


0.95 


10 


1.0 


20 


1.05 


50 


1.15 


iOO 


1.2 


greater than 1 00 


1.25 



Source: ARR87 (except Tor ARls longer than IOO years). 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



60 



TABLE 5.3 
RUN-OFF COEFFICIENTS (C,,)— NEW ZEALAND 



Description of surface 


Value for C,, 


Description of surface 


Value for Cp 


Natural surface types 

Bare impermeable clay with no 

interception channels or run- 

olTcontroJ 


0.70 


Developed surface types 
Unsealed roads 


0.50 


Bare uncultivated soil of 
medium soakage 


0.60 


Railway and unsealed yards 
and similar surfaces 


0.35 


Heavy clay soil types: 
— pasture and grass cover 
— bush and scrub cover 
^cultivated 


0.40 
0.35 
0.30 


Land use types 
Fully roofed or sealed 
developments 


0.90 


Medium soakage soil types: 
—pasture and scrub cover 
— bush and scrub cover 
—cultivated 


0.30 
0.25 
0.20 


Industrial, commercial, 
shopping areas and town house 
developments 


0.65 


High soakage gravel, sandy 
and volcanic soil types: 
—pasture and grass cover 
— bush and scrub cover 
— cultivated 


0.20 
0.15 
0.10 


Residential areas in which 
impervious area exceeds 35% 
of gross area. (This includes 
most modern subdivisions) 


0.45 


Parks, playgrounds and 

reserves: 

— mainly grassed 

^predominantly bush 


0.30 
0.25 






Gardens and lawns. 


0.25 







5.4.7 Catchment area 

The catchment area used in Equation 5.4.8 for the components of surface drainage systems 
shall be the plan area of the catchment, including buildings, draining to a particular 
component. 

For minor storm events the catchment area is limited to the extent of the property. For 
major storm events the catchment area may extend beyond the property (see Clause 5.4.2), 

TABLE 5.4 
ADJUSTMENT FOR GROUND SLOPE— NEW ZEALAND 



Ground slope 


Adjustment to values of C^ and Cp 


Flatter than 1:20 
1:20 to 1:10 
1:10 to 1:5 


-0.05 

Nil 
+0.05 


Steeper tlian 1 :5 


+0.10 



5.4.8 Determination of design flows 

The general method for the determination of design flows shall be as follows: 

(a) Select from Table 5.1 the ARl for the particular application. 

(b) Determine from Clause 5.4.5 for the particular location the rainfall intensity, in 
millimetres per hour, for the selected ARl and — 

(i) 5 mins duration in Australia; or 



COPYRIGHT 



61 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

(ii) in New Zealand, a duration of — 

(A) 5 min, for commercial and industrial developments; 

(B) 7 to 10 min, for residential developments; or 

(C) 10 min, for low density residential developments. 

(c) Determine by physical observations and dimensions or from the relevant plans, or 
both — 

(i) the layout for — 

(A) the downpipes (see Clause 3.7.4(c)); and 

(B) the site stormwater drains, including the available gradients and 
appurtenances (see Section 8); 

(ii) the limits of the sub-catchments for the components of the surface water 
drainage systems; and 

(iii) for each sub-catchment — 

(A) the run-off coefficients based on the extent and type of surface (see 
Clause 5.4.6); and 

(B) the plan areas of roofed, impervious and pervious surfaces, in square 
metres. 

(d) Determine the design flow for appropriate sub-catchments of the surface water 
drainage system from the following equation: 

(c; 4 + q 4 + C\ A^) ^/, i:CA V, • • • 5-4.8 

Q = — or 

3600 3600 

where 

Q ~ design flow of stormwater, in litres per second 

Ci = run-off coefficient for a roofed area 

A, = total roofed catchment area, in square metres 

Cj = run-off coefficient for an unroofed impervious (paved) area 

A, = total unroofed impervious (paved) catchment area, in square metres 

Cp = run-off coefficient for an unroofed pervious area 

Jp = total unroofed pervious catchment area, in square metres 

/, ^ rainfall intensity for a duration oft and an ARi of Y, in millimetres per 

hour 

ZCA - equivalent impervious area of all upstream areas on the property, in square 
metres 

NOTE: No allowance is included for flow from subsoil drains. 

5.4.9 Design of open channels 

The general method for designing an open channel for a site stormwater drain shall be as 
follows: 

(a) Determine the design flow, in accordance with Clause 5.4.8. 

(b) Determine by physical observation and dimensions or from the relevant plans, or 
both, the gradient of the open channel. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



62 



A2 



(c) Select a surface type and Manning roughness coefficient (see Table 5.5) and 
dimensions for the open channel, then calculate its hydraulic capacity from the 
following equation (Manning): 



(d) 



(e) 



Q^ = 1000- «^^^^ s^^^ 

n 



5.4.9 



where 



Q^ - hydraulic capacity of open channel, in litres per second 

A = cross-sectional area of flow in open channel, in square metres 

R = hydraulic radius, in metres 

.S* = gradient of open channel 

n = Manning roughness coefficient for an open channel 

If the hydraulic capacity (see Step (c)) is less than the design flow (see Step (a)), 
assume a new set of dimensions for the open channel and repeat Step (c) until the 
hydraulic capacity exceeds the design How. 

Check that the depth of flow in the channel is at least 300 mm below the floor level or 
damp course of any adjacent building. If the water level is higher than this limit, the 
channel shall be enlarged or its bed lowered to meet this requirement. 

TABLE 5.5 
MANNING ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENT (n) 



Surface type 


Typical values for n 


Polyethylene (PE) 


0.009 to 0.010 


Polyvinylchloridc (PVC) 


0.009 to 0.010 


Smooth concrete 


0.011 to 0.012 


Trowelled concrete 


0.012 to 0.015 


Asphalt paving 


0.013 to 0.015 


Brickwork 


0.014 to 0.016 


Roughly jointed bricks or pitchers 


0.016 to 0.020 


Sprayed concrete (gunite) 


0.016 to 0.020 


Barth- lined channels 


0.018 to 0.025 


Corrugated metal 


0.012 to 0.01 5 


Rock lining or rip-rap 


0.025 to 0.030 


Rock cut 


0.035 to 0.040 


Grassed or vegetated channels 


0.025 to 0.075* 



* i;)epending on vegetation growth 

5.4.10 Design of inlets 

5.4.10.1 Sag pits 

The general method for designing an inlet for a sag pit shall be as follows: 

(a) Determine the design flow in accordance with Clause 5.4.8. 

(b) Determine by observations or relevant plans the maximum depth of ponding, noting 
where water may pond against, or enter, a building then the maximum level, unless 
otherwise authorized by the network utility operator, shall be not less than 300 mm 
below the floor or damp course of the building. 



COPYRIGHT 



63 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

(c) Calculate the capacity of an inlet, if the depth of ponding is — 
(i) equal to or less than 0.12 m, from the following equation: 

0-ft, I600PJ;,^ ...5.4.10.1 

where 

Q, = capacity of an inlet for a sag pit, in litres per second 

h[ = blockage factor, inlets to stormwater pits 

P = wetted perimeter of an open channel, in metres 

dp ~ depth of ponding over inlet, in metres 

(ii) or greater than 0.12 m, from street drainage manuals (see the Section on pipe 

system drainage in ARR87). 
NOTE: A common value for hf is 0.5. 

5.4.10.2 On-grade pits 

inlet capacities of on-grade pits vary considerably with the shape and size of pit. Blockage 
factors are variable, but a value of 0.8 (reducing capacities to 80% of values given by 
design aids) shall be used for on-grade pits if no other information is available from the 
network utility operator. 

NOTE: Reference should be made to street drainage design manuals, manufacturer's literature 
and the recommendations. 

5.4.1 1 Design of pipe drains 

5.4.11.1 General 

Pipe drains of site stormwater drains shall — 

(a) be laid with even gradients and straight runs and with a minimum number of changes 
of direction or change of cross-section, consistent with having adequate hydraulic 
capacity; 

(b) be laid with any change of direction or cross-section occurring at either an 
appropriate fitting or at a pit; 

(e) be constructed of materials and products, as specified in Clause 2.5; 

(d) have pits and arresters, as specified in Clause 8.6; 

(e) have surcharge outlets, as specified in Clause 5.4.12; and 

(f) have jump-ups, as specified in Clause 8.9. 

5.4.11.2 Design procedure 

The general method for designing a pipe drain for a site stormwater drain shall be as 
follows: 

(a) Determine the design flow, in accordance with Clause 5.4.8. 

(b) Determine by physical observation and dimensions or from the relevant plans, or 
both, a suitable gradient for the pipe drain. 

(c) Select the pipe material and the Colebrook-White roughness coefficient from 
AS 2200, or see Table 5.6 for normal conditions, and determine from Figure 5.1 the 
hydraulic capacity of the pipe drain for the selected DT^J. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



64 



(d) If the hydraulic capacity is less than the design flow, assume a new DN for the pipe 
drain and repeat Step (c) until the hydraulic capacity exceeds the design flow. To 
reduce the possibility of overflow from stormwater pits due to increased energy 
losses, the full-pipe velocity in the outlet pipe is recommended not to exceed 1.5 m/s 
and shall not exceed 2.0 m/s. 

TABLE 5.6 

COLEBROOK-WHITE ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENT (A) 



Pipe material 


Typical values for k, mm 


Copper, copper alloys, stainless steel 


0.015 


All plastic pipelines having a smooth (non-profiled) 
internal bore 


0.015 


Fibre-reinrorced conerete (FRC) 


0.15 


Cast iron, ductile iron, galvanized steel and 
malleable east iron 


0.6 


Vitrified clay, precast conerete 


0.6 


Corrugated aluminium and steel 


3.0 



COPYRIGHT 



65 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



1000 



500- 



> 


ion 


f- 




o 




<r 




a 


50 


< 




O 




o 




-_J 




=) 




< 




(X 




> 


10 


x: 















— 




















-- 




- 












-- 






- 










































^^^^•ii^^^^ 
































■^ 








^^"^■^ 


""^-^ 
































'^ 


























'""^^^ 






^ 




< 


























^ 




-^^^^^ 


^^ 






■^ 


■^^ 














^^I\, 


^ 




r^ 


/ 






^--<^^ 








375 














\^ 


^ 


>^ 


/ 




-. 


^ 




/ 


-/--^--. 


/ 


--DN 






- 










...... 













- 






V. 








<:^ 


— 


> 


> 










^''''"''^^^^w 


/ 








"^ [ 


)N 300-- 

■ 1 ! i- 

)N 250'- 

)N 225 

1 .. 1 1 


















^^^>>^ 


<'•■ 






^- 


^ 


■<. 


■^ 




>r>2^ 


^-^.^ 


































/ ^ 


-^.^ 




/ 












"^-^ 


^^ L 










^-^ 


--s 


^ 






/ 
/ 






> 










/ 


/ ^"^^^s...^ 


/ 


"^[ 












^ 


> 






r>^ 




/ 
/ 




/ 

/ 


/' 


/ 

/ 


< 


- 


"^-...,,^ / 


' "^ 


^ 111 
^DN 200 

1 1. .1.... 


" 


















3^ 


^ 




^ 


/ 
/ 
/ 


DN 


150 


























2 




V 























::" 


:.""." 


.:" 


-- 
























/ ^ 








■^ 




^DN 100- 


























-.,-1 R--- 




"^ 


























"- 


- 
















"^ 


-N 


< 


PiM an 




































/ 




UN y u 


































VELOCITY 

(m/s) 



























-- 


- 














- 


.... 








~ 


- 







































































































































1 3 6 10 30 60 100 

GRADIENT, (1 in .,.) 
(a) k = 0.015 mm 



300 600 1000 



O 
< 
ql 
< 
O 

o 

—I 

< 

> 
X 



J u u - 










— 




;^ 
















:.■; 






-:\ 












;: 


::_ 



































































^^.^^^ 






























^^"^^■^>^ 













- 


... 


■" 












500- 










'^ 










^"^ 






























- 




■^ 


- 






^^ 
















- 

















■^ 


^^^^^^^-.^ 






/ 


/ 


•^ 












^-^ 


;;--.^ 




/^ 


/ 






■^ 


"" 


■- 


^<^ 










100'- 












^^ 




■^ 


- 


-^ 


/ 


/ 




^ 


> 


/ 


< 


/ 


/ 


^ 


■-D 


[ 


37 


5 
















^^ 








~ 












/ 


... 


























*^ / 










/ 


'"<..:^ 


"7 ' \ 1 


... 




.... 
















- 


■^ 


^ 


,__^. ,.. ^. 




"^^^^v 






^ 


^ 










U-.nM ^n 


















"^ 


' 




*■ 


■^ 


-, 


/ ^''"'*''-^,^^^ 


/ 


L>'IN OUu 


^ C\ 












-" 




^^"S^ 






/ 




*-*. 


/ 


<y. 




"^■^^ ^"^ 


■"■""--/ 


__ 

5 






oU 












- 


■^ 


■" 


/ 


"*-^>^ 










^^ ""-^--^ 


^/^^DN 25 












^ 


/ 

/ 




>^ 






"^^-^^^ 


^^DN 22 












-. 


^^ 




/ 


/ 
/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 


^"'■'^DN 20 

1 1 





A n 














/ 




/" 


/ 


^ 


/ 
/ 




/ 


DN 


150 








lU 












..__ 


— 


-- 


- 













^ 


^ 




































■*^ 
























— 


- 






::\k^ 


^ 




DN 100- 






























^v 


^ 


<. 












5' 
















- 












^ 


DN 90 








































































... 








VELOCITY 




-• 


'- 


... 


~ 


'- 






















— 


(m/s 


^) 














1- 



























































































10 30 60 100 

GRADIENT, (1 in .J 
(b) k^ 0.15 mm 



300 600 1000 



FIGURE 5.1 (in part) HYDRAULIC DESIGN CHARTS— WATER AT 20°C 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/IN XS 351)0.3:2003 



66 



< 

CL 
< 

O 

o 

< 

a: 

Q 

> 

X 



u u u ■' 












^ 






~ 










^^ 








n 










— 








~ 
















































































■^ 


.^.^^^^ 




























i^nn 












^ 


^.. 


" 


-v.^^^^^^^ 












■■- 


- 


... 












■"" 






ouu 












^^--. 




































■^ 


^ 


k^ 




X 


!!»^ 










































^ 


^ 






^^ 


'^-^^ 


/ 


^V.i 


^ 




/ 


V 














^5 


.... 


1 


- 


100- 












- 


^ 


■^ 
■^ 


$5 


/ 




^ 


/ 


/ 




^ 


y^DN 


3 


















^*^<..^^^ 






/* 


^ 










^^*<..^^^ 


/ 


""" ^ 






















'' ^""^ 






->.' 






^ 






^^'•^^^ 


















^ 


^ 








7 - "■- 






/ *" 


^^ 




'* 


■>< 


^ 




'^"S'C^ 


















■^ 


^ 




/ 




-^ 






^> 


■>- 


' 




^^^N^,.^^ 


/^ 


--.DN 300 


50- 


















_/ 


..^r^ 






^^ 


.^ 


^ 




* 


^ 


.^^^J^^^^.^^^ 






1 


















'^^"\^^ 


/ 








> 




^ 


^^^^■^>C 


^ 


■" 1 ' ' 




























/ 

/ 








/ 


^-^v/ 


•^"DN 25U- 

-^DN'225'-- 

1 1 1 1 












->< 


/ 


— 


.„. ^z'^^^ 


"/ 


.J. 


/^ 


-. 


> 




/ 


/ 

/ 


^^ 


10' 










> 

3 


/ 


/ 

/ 






/ 


DN 


150 




















" p'^*< 


- 


"^ 


"^ 





















•-- 






























i^,^^^ 


/ 


DN 100- 































^ 


>--. 






^ 


'^ 










" 




R - 


















^.1... 






PiM an 
























VELOCITY 


















































m/s) 































.„.. 


■■ 










































1 





































































































6 10 30 60 100 

GRADIENT, (1 in ...) 
(cl k = 0,6 mm 



300 600 1000 



1 u u u 
























































...... 











• 


























































~- 


" 


























■^ 


















._. 















■ 






























, , 












'^ 


^^^^..^^^ / 


7 

... ^ ._. 

7' '"^"^ 


^ 


:; 


/ 




/' 


y 
























^^ 


7 












> 











- 


/ 
/ 












- 


— 


f— 


< 

< 100- 






/ 
/ 
3 


"^ 


/ 
/ 


/ 
/ 






/ 
/ 

/ 






















-■ 








2 








/ 




"^ 




y 


^— ^^^^ 


D 


M i f^ n 

























i 


.5- 


_. 


- 


- 


- 






























































\ 


/ 
'1" 


^;<;r; " 








Zi 














VELOCITY 


1 

PlM 


1 


D 


















(m/s) 














u 






Q 
> 
X 


















■ 
























































10- 























































































10 30 60 

GRADIENT. (1 in ...) 
(d) k = 3.0 mm 



1UU 



300 600 1000 



FIGURE 5.1 (in part) HYDRAULIC DESIGN CHARTS— WATER AT 20X 



COPYRIGHT 



67 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

5.4.12 Design of surcharge outlets 

5.4.12.1 General 

Where the connection of any downpipes to the surface drainage system is not open to the 
atmosphere and where a surcharge outlet will not affect the normal operation of the system, 
at least one surcharge outlet shall be located along the site stormwater drain leading to a 
point of connection. This surcharge outlet may also operate as an inlet pit or a grated drain. 

Surcharge outlets shall be located — 

(a) with the grate level — 

(i) unless otherwise authorized by the network utility operator, not less than 
300 mm below the lowest floor level; and 

(ii) not less than 75 mm above an unpaved surface or level with a paved finished 
surface; 

(b) wholly within the property; 

(c) clear of any buildings; 

(d) so that any discharge is noticeable; and 

(e) with an overflow path, so that overflows will not cause damage to buildings 
(including contents) or danger to persons. 

5.4.12.2 Design procedure 

The procedure of the general method for design of a surcharge outlet shall be as follows: 

(a) Determine the minimum area of the grated opening from the following equation: 

^ Q ...5.4.12.2 

150 
where 

A = the minimum grated area, in square metres 

Q = the design flow of stormwater (assuming full blockage), in litres per 
second 

(b) Determine the exit velocity from the grated outlet and if greater than 0.15 m/s 
increase the area of grate to achieve the determined exit velocity. 

5.4.13 On-site stormwater detention (OSD) system 

NOTE: A solution is not available for design of OSD systems because of sufficient data is not 
available. 

5.4.14 Concentrated discharges to streets 

Where the network utility operator places a limit on the discharges that can be made to a 
street gutter at a single point, the surface drainage system shall be altered if it is found that 
the discharge exceeds such a limit. Alterations would usually involve the division of a pipe 
system into two or more systems, discharging independently to the street (see 
Clause 8.6.1.2(b)). 

5.4.15 Snowfall effects 

NOTE: In regions subject to snowfalls there is no special effect on the sizes of elements of 
surface drainage systems, but precautions should be taken to minimize the entry of stormwater 
run-off or meltwater into buildings or ponding against buildings as a result of accumulated snow. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 68 



5.5 NOMINAL METHOD 



The 'nominal method' may be used for single dwellings in non-urban areas, and single 
dwellings on urban allotments with less than 1000 m" in area. Pipe design shall be 
determined according to local practice and experience (without specific design 
calculations), and according to the minimum diameter (Clause 7.3.4), cover (Clause 7.2.6), 
gradient (Clause 7.4.6) and other relevant criteria of this Standard. 

The layout shall comply with Clause 5.3. 
NOTES: 

1 An example illustrating the application of the nominal method is given in Appendix K. 

2 This method is suitable for two dwellings one above the other. 



COPYRIGHT 



69 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



SECTION 6 SUBSOIL DRAINAGE S Y S T E M S — 

D E S 1 G N 

NOTES: 

1 A method of design is outlined in Appendix M. 

2 Detailed design of subsoil drainage systems are complex and dependent on particular site or 
soil conditions. Such systems should be undertaken with advice from a suitably qualified 
competent person. An example of a suitable qualified competent person is a professional 
engineer specializing in geotechnieal engineering. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



70 



SECTION 7 SURFACE AND SUBSOIL 

DRAINAGE S Y S T E M S — 1 N S T A L L A T I O N 

7.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies installation requirements for site stormwater drains for conveyance 
of stormwater from roof and surface (see Clause 7.2, as applicable, and Clause 7.3), and 
subsoil drainage systems (see Clause 7.2, as applicable, and Clause 7.4). 

7.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

7.2.1 Products and joints 

Products and joints for site stormwater drains and subsoil drains shall comply with 
Section 2 and Clause 4.15. 

7.2.2 Erosion and sediment controls 

During construction appropriate precautions to minimize soil erosion and the escape of 
sediment from the site due to rainfall and stormwater should be considered. These 
precautions may include — 

(a) covering exposed or disturbed surfaces with vegetation or meshes to prevent erosion 
and mobilization of sediments; 

(b) surface grading of sites and the direction of stormwater flow paths through 
construction sites so that erosion is minimized, including limits on slopes and 
lengthening of flow paths using barriers; 

(c) provision of sediment barriers along flow paths and watercourses, such as silt fences, 
hay bales and porous stone filters; and 

(d) construction of temporary sediment traps or basins (usually near site boundaries) to 
collect sediments for removal. 

7.2.3 Terminology 

Trench terminology for flexible and rigid pipes is shown in Figure 7.1. 



Finished surface 

Trench fill - 

Existing surface 



Trench wall 



Overlay^ 



Embedment 



Haunch support 

i 



Bedding 




Side 
support 



^^M Foundation ^^^ 



(a) Flexible pipes 



Finished surface- 
Trench fill - — - 



Existing surface- 



Trench wall -— 



Overlay! 



Embedment 



Haunch support 



Bedding 







(b) Rigid pipes 



FIGURE 7.1 TRENCH TERMINOLOGY 



COPYRIGHT 



71 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

7.2.4 Trench width 

Trench widths measured at the top of the pipes, between the faces of either the unsupported 
trench walls or the inside face of the sheeting of the trench support system, shall be not less 
than the widths specified in — 

(a) AS 1762, for corrugated metal pipes; 

(b) AS/NZS 2566. 1 , for flexible pipes and fittings; 

(c) AS 3725, for FRC and reinforced concrete pipes; and 

(d) AS 4060, for vitrified clay and ceramic pipes and fittings. 

7.2.5 Over-excavation 

Where a trench has been excavated deeper than necessary, the excess depth shall be filled 
either with bedding material compacted to achieve a density as near to the original soil 
density as possible, or with concrete. 

7.2.6 Cover 

Except as specified in Clause 7.3.7, the cover shall be not less than that given in Table 7.1 
or shall be in accordance with — 

(a) AS 1762, for corrugated metal pipes; 

(b) AS 2032, for PVC pipes; 

(c) AS/NZS 2566.1, for flexible pipes and fittings; 

(d) AS 3725, for reinforced concrete and FRC pipes; 

(e) AS 4060, for vitrified clay and ceramic pipes and fittings; and 

(f) AS 2033, for polyethylene pipes 

7.2.7 Proximity to other services 

Above and below ground site storm water drains shall be installed as follows: 

NOTE; The proximity to other services will vary, depending on the type and size of the services 

affected. 

(a) No potential safety hazard shall be created when in close proximity to other services. 

(b) Access for maintenance and potential branch insertions shall not be impaired by other 
services. 

(c) Sites shall not be located where physical damage to the drain is likely to occur, unless 
adequate protection is provided. 

(d) Separation from above-ground electrical conduit, wire, cable, consumer gas pipes or 
water service shall be at least 100 mm between any downpipe. 

(e) Stormwater drains shall not be installed in below ground situations where electrical 
supply cables, consumer gas piping, water service or communications 
cable are intended to be installed below ground in the area above the drain. 

(f) The separation between any underground stormwater drain and an electrical supply 
cable shall be at least — 

(i) 100 mm provided the electrical supply cable is indicated along its length with 
orange marker tape complying with AS/NZS 2648.1 and is mechanically 
protected; or 

(ii) 600 mm where the electrical supply cable is neither indicated nor mechanically 
protected. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/INZS 3500.3:2003 72 



(g) The separation between any underground stormwater drain and consumer gas pipes 
shall be at least— 

(i) 100 mm provided the consumer gas pipe is indicated along its length with 
marker tape complying with AS/NZS 2648 J laid 150 mm above the installed 
pipe; or 

(ii) 600 mm where the consumer gas pipe is neither indicated nor mechanically 
protected. 

MOTE: Mechanical protection is provided by concrete slabs, continuous concrete pour, 
or bricks designed for protecting electrical supply cables. 

(h) The separation between any underground stormwater drain and an electrical earthing 
electrode, for an electrical supply not exceeding 1000 V, shall be at least 600 mm. 
For an electrical supply exceeding 1000 V, the relevant regulatory authority shall be 
contacted for a ruling. 

(i) The separation between any underground drain and a communication cable shall be at 
least 100 mm. 

(j) The separation between any underground stormwater drain and any other service 
other than consumer gas piping and electrical or communication service shall be at 
least — 

(i) 100 mm from a drain not exceeding DN 100 and is serving the same property; 
and 

(ii) 300 mm for any other service exceeding DN 100. 

(k) Any underground stormwater drain crossing another service shall — 

(i) cross at an angle of not less than 45° (see Figure 7.2); 

(ii) have a vertical separation of not less than 100 mm; and 

(iii) be marked along its length for 1 m either side of the centreline of the service 
with marker tape complying with AS/NZS 2648.1, laid 150 mm above the 
installed service. 

Crossover 



Original service 



FIGURE 7.2 PERMITTED CROSSOVER ZONE FOR ELECTRICAL CABLES AND GAS 

PIPES 

(I) Stormwater drains shall be installed with sufficient clearance to any underground 
obstruction to protect the drain from physical damage and to permit repairs. The 
clearance shall be at least 300 mm. 
NOTE: See Clause 7.2.9 for drains in close proximity to footings or foundations. 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



TABLE 7.1 

MINIMUM PIPE COVER 
(from finished surface to top of pipe) 



inilhinetres 





Location 


Cast iron, ductile 
iron, galvanized steel 


Other authorized* 
products 




Minimum cover 


1 T^ot 


subject to vehicular loading: 






(a) 


without pavement— 








(i) for singie dwellings 


Nil 


100 




(ii) for other than Item (i) 


Nil 


300 


(b) 


with pavement oi^ brick or unreinforced 
concrete 


Nilt 


501- 


2 Sub 


ect to vehicular loading; 






(a) 


other than roads — 








(i) without pavement 


3Q0 


450 




(ii) with pavement of^ 








(A) reinl^orced concrete for heavy 
vehicular loading 


NiltJ 


lOOtt 




(B) brick or unreinforced 

concrete for light vehicular 
loading 


NiltJ 


75tJ 


(b) 


roads — 








(i) sealed 


300 


500J 




(ii) unsealed 


300 


500:1: 


3 Sl 
in 


bject to construction equipment loading or 
embankment conditions 


300 


500} 



* Includes overlay above the top of the pipe of not less than 50 mm thick. 

t Below the underside of the pavement. 

} Subject to compliance with AS 1762, AS 2033, AS/NZS 2566.1, AS 3725 or AS 4060. 

7.2.8 Shoring and underpinning buildings 

Where the bottom of the trench is adjacent to or below the footing and walls of any 
adjoining building or structure, the footing shall be adequately supported while the trench is 
open. 

NOTE: Criteria for the footing support and backfilling of the trench should be determined by a 
professional engineer. 

7.2.9 Installation near and under buildings 

A drain in close proximity to footings or foundations shall comply with the following: 

(a) Where the drain passes under a strip footing, its angle of intersection with the footing 
in the horizontal plane shall not be less than 45°, and the minimum clearance between 
the top of the drain to the underside of the footing shall be 25 mm. 

(b) If the drain is laid through footings or walls, other than below ground, external walls, 
it shall be installed with an annular space of not less than 25 mm filled with a liner of 
flexible material. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



74 



(c) The drain may be laid through below ground external walls, provided that — 

(i) two flexible joints are provided externally within 800 mm of the external face 
of the wall, and such joints are not less than 600 mm apart; and 

(ii) the penetration of the wall is made watertight. 

(d) Where the drain is to be laid parallel to a footing, the trench shall be located — 
(i) in Australia — 

(A) in accordance with the Housing Provisions of the BCA Clause 3.1 .2.2(d); 

(B) for single dwellings, as shown in Figure 7,3; and 

(C) for all others, as determined by a suitably qualified competent person; or 
(ii) in New Zealand, as specified in EI/ASl . 

(e) Criteria for pile systems shall be determined by a suitable qualified competent person. 



A2 



/ 1 

-^^^ — ^ 



Existing surface 
■Finished surface 



imm 



Depth to 

bottom o 

trench 

(varies 




mmmmmm~ 



Floor slab 



J^ — 'm^m^ 



H 



Soil type 


Slope W;L 


Compacted fill 


Undisturbed ground 


Stable rock (*) 
Sand n 
Silt (t) 


2:3 

1:2 
1:4 


8:1 

1:2 
1:4 


Firm clay 
Soft clay 
Soft soils (t) 


1:2 
Not suitable 
Not suitable 


1:1 

2:3 

Not suitable 



* Most sand and rock sites with little or no ground movement from moisture 
changes. 

t Sites include soft soils, such as soft clay or silt or loose sands; landslip; mine 
subsidence; collapsing soils; soils subject to erosion; reactive sites subject to 
abnormal moisture conditions or sites which cannot be classified otherwise. 

NOriZ: This Table has been adapted from the 13CA Housing Provisions and users of this 
Standard should satisfy themselves that the Table is still relevant and has not been 
amended. 

FIGURE 7.3 EXCAVATION NEAR FOOTINGS 



COPYRIGHT 



75 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

7.2.10 Water-charged ground 

Excavation in water-charged ground shall be in accordance with the following: 

(a) The water level shall be lowered below the bottom of the proposed trench and 
maintained at that level during construction, including the placing of trench fill. 

(b) Dewatering shall be carried out by pumps and spearheads or similar devices. The 
removed water shall discharge to a location where it shall not cause a nuisance or 
damage, and in no case shall it discharge, either directly or indirectly, into any 
sanitary sewer. 

MOTE: Where water-charged ground is encountered, consideration needs to be given to the effect 
on adjacent buildings and other services. 

7.2.11 Other than stable grounds 

Unless otherwise authorized by the network utility operator, where excessive soil 
movement due to filled, unstable or water-charged ground may affect the performance of 
any site stormwater drain or subsoil drain, then such drain shall be installed in accordance 
with the plans and specification, based on a geotechnical report and calculations, prepared 
by a suitably qualified competent person. 

NOTE: In proclaimed mine subsidence districts, site stormwater drains larger than DN 225 should 
comply with the requirements of the relevant authority. 

7.2.12 Trench fill 

Trench fill shall either — 

(a) be material excavated from the trench or imported, provided that the material placed 
within 300 mm of the top of pipes is free from builders' waste, bricks, pieces of 
concrete, rocks or similar material that would be retained on a 75 mm sieve; or 

(b) be embedment material (see Clause 7.3.6). 

7.2.13 Backfilling 

Trench fill shall be placed in loose layers not more than 200 mm thick and compacted to not 
less than 90% or 95% under pavements of the standard maximum dry density specified in 
AS 1289.5.4.1 or AS I289.E6.1, in such a way that the pipes are neither dislodged nor 
damaged. 

The finished surface (top of trench fill) and the trench surround shall be restored, as near as 
practicable, to the level and condition of the existing surface before commencement of the 
excavation (see Figure 7.1). 

7.2.14 Excavation near point of connection 

Excavation by a machine shall not be carried out within 600 mm of a point of connection to 
an external stormwater drainage network, 

7.3 SITE STORMWATER DRAINS 
7,3,1 Corrosive areas 

Buried metal pipes and fittings in corrosive areas shall be externally protected by— 

(a) an external protective coating (see Clause 2.13.4); 

(b) sealed polyethylene sleeving (see Clause 2.13.7); or 

(c) continuous wrapping with petrolatum taping material. 

NOTE: Corrosive areas contain compounds consisting of magnesium oxychloride (magnesite) or 
its equivalent, coal wash, sodium chloride (salt), ammonia or materials that may be detrimental to 
the installation. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



76 



7.3.2 General 

7.3.2.1 Site stormwaler drains 

(a) Site stormwater drains shall be laid — 

(i) with no lipped joints or internal projections; 

(ii) so as to prevent the ingress of embedment and trench fill, or embankment fill; 

(iii) with protection, as required, to prevent damage during installation and service; 
and 

(iv) using sweep junctions. 

7.3.2.2 Site stormwater pipes 

Pipes for site stormwater drains shall — 

(a) have joints that comply, where appropriate, with Clauses 2.8 and 4.1 5; 

(b) where installed below ground, for other than cast iron, ductile iron and galvanized 
steel, be continuously supported by embedment (see Clause 7.3.6); 

(c) where installed above ground, have support systems authorized by the network utility 
operator; and 

(d) be cleaned internally prior to installation and commissioning. 

7.3.3 Connections to pits and arresters 

Where a site stormwater drain passes through the wall of a pit or arrester that is more than 
1 m deep, two flexible joints shall be located on such drain within 800 mm of the outer face 
of the structure, and not more than 600 mm apart. 

7.3.4 Minimum diameter 

Minimum diameters — 

(a) for single dwellings in rural areas, and residential buildings on urban allotments with 
areas less than 1000 m^ shall be DN 90; and 

(b) for other properties, downstream of a stormwater or inlet pit, shall be the greater of — 
(i) the diameter of the largest pipe entering the pit; or 

(ii) DN 150. 

An exception to this is at footpath crossings (see Clause 8.6.1 .2(b)) where multiple pipes of 
DN 100 or less may be used. 

7.3.5 Gradients 

The minimum gradient of a site stormwater drain shall be as given in Table 7.2. No 
maximum gradient is specified, but designers should be aware of the possibility of scour of 
pipes by rapid Hows, particularly by sediment-laden water. 

TABLE 7.2 

MINIMUM GRADIENT OF SITE STORMWATER DRAINS 



Nominal 
size 


Miniinuin gradient 


Nominal 
size 


IMinimum gradient 


DN 


Aust. 


NZ 


ON 


Aust. 


NZ 


90 
100 
150 


1:100 
1 : 1 00 
1:100 


1:90 
1:120 
1 :200 


225 
300 

375 


1 :200 
1:250 
1:300 


1:350 
1:350 
1:350 



COPYRIGHT 



77 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

7.3.6 Embedment 

7.3.6.1 Materials 

Embedment material shall comply with the following: 

(a) Pipes shall be as specified in — 

(i) AS 1762, for corrugated metal pipes; 

(ii) AS 2032, for PVC pipes; 

(iii) AS 2033, for polyethylene pipes; 

(iv) AS/NZS 2566.1, for flexible pipes and fittings; 

(v) AS 3725, for FRC and reinforced concrete pipes; and 

(vi) AS 4060, for vitrified clay and ceramic pipes and fittings; and 

(b) All other authorized pipe materials: 
(i) Bedding material shall be — 

(A) suitable sand, free from rock or other hard or sharp objects that would be 
retained on a 13.2 mm sieve; 

(B) crushed rock or gravel up to a maximum size of 14 mm; 

(C) excavated material, provided that this is free from rock or hard matter, 
and is broken up so that it contains no soil lumps having any dimension 
greater than 75 mm; or 

(D) cement mortar containing one part of portland cement and four parts of 
sand by volume thoroughly mixed with clean water to a workable 
consistency. 

(ii) Side support and overlay material shall comply with Item (b)(i), (A), (B), or 
(C). 

7.3.6.2 Installation 

Embedment shall be installed so that a site stormwater drain is neither dislodged nor 
damaged, and in accordance with the following: 

(a) AS 1 762, for corrugated metal pipes, 

(b) AS 2032, for PVC pipes, 

(c) AS/NZS 2566. 1 , for flexible pipes and fittings. 

(d) AS 3725, for FRC and reinforced concrete pipes. 

(e) AS 4060, for vitrified clay and ceramic pipes and fittings. 

(f) All other authorized materials shall be as follows: 

(i) The pipe class shall comply with Section 2. 

(ii) The foundation shall be consistent and excavated to the gradient and, where 
over excavated, shall comply with Clause 7.2.5. 

(iii) The bedding material shall be one of the following: 

(A) Cement mortar, as specified in Clause 7.3,6.1 (b)(i)(D), where the trench 
foundation is rock or shale and the gradient is steeper than 1:5 and 
shall— 

(1) be a minimum depth of 50 mm measured below the bottom of the 
pipe; 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 78 

(2) be not ]ess than 75 mm wide; 

(3) be kept clear of flexible joints; and 

(4) have pipes supported at distances not greater than 1.5 m from the 
centres of support, prior to placing the mortar bedding; or 

(B) Earth foundations not less than 75 mm thick. 

(C) Rock foundations not less than 100 mm thick with the haunch support not 
less than 75 mm thick (see Figure 7,1). 

NOTE: Cast iron and ductile iron pipes may be unsupported for up to 600 mm 
either side of each pipe joint. 

(iv) Chases shall be excavated in the bedding and, if necessary, in the foundation to 
prevent sockets bearing on either, while pipe lengths shall be fully supported 
within 600 mm of each socket. 

(v) The embedment material specified in Clause 7.3.6. l(b)(i) Items (A) to (C) shall 
be placed in loose layers not more than 200 mm thick and compacted to 90% of 
the standard maximum dry density as specified in AS 1289.5.4.1 or 
AS ]289.E6.1. 

7.3.7 Cover under buildings 

For site stormwater drains under buildings — 

(a) the thickness of overlay between the top of the pipe and the underside of a reinforced 
concrete slab shall be not less than 25 mm; and 

(b) there shall be adequate protection from mechanical damage, 

7.3.8 In easements and public places 

7.3.8.1 General requiremenis 

A site stormwater drain located in a road, easement, public place, right of way or the like in 
an open-cut trench, shall be installed in accordance with the following: 

(a) Where the full depth at the point of connection is not required to drain the property, a 
jump-up (see Clause 8.9) shall be installed either at the point of connection, or within 
the property boundary. 

(b) Where the presence of any conduit or pit prevents the site stormwater drain from 
being laid at an even grade with the required cover, then wherever practicable the 
drain shall pass beneath the conduit or pit at an even grade with a Jump-up permitted 
only at the point of connection. If this is not practicable — 

(i) an inclined section of pipe may be installed adjacent to the conduit or pit, in the 
form of a graded jump-up with changes of direction not greater than 60° in the 
vertical plane; and 

(ii) there shall be a minimum clearance of 25 mm between the conduit or pit and 
the drain. 

(c) The site stormwater drain shall have a minimum cover as specified in Clause 7.2.6. 

(d) A site stormwater drain, located in a public road or right-of-way shall have no fitting, 
which is part of a stormwater drainage system, installed above the level of a finished 
surface. 

7.3.9 Disconnection 

Where a disused site stormwater drain is to be disconnected, the following criteria apply: 



COPYRIGHT 



79 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

(a) Where the disconnection is in water-charged ground, dewatering shall be carried out 
in accordance with Clause 7.2.10. 

(b) Disconnection shall be made at either the point of connection to the external 
stormwater drainage network or the connection to the works remaining. 

(c) Extraneous water, soil, sand, rock or other substances shall not be permitted to enter 
the site stormwater drain or external stormwater drainage network downstream of the 
disconnected section. 

(d) Site stormwater drains shall be made watertight using a cap or plug, and sealed in a 
manner appropriate to the material remaining in use. 

7.3.10 Testing 

Site stormwater drains, drains within and under buildings and main internal drains shall 
comply with Section 10. 

7.4 SUBSOIL DRAINS 

7.4.1 General 

Subsoil drains shall be laid — 

(a) so any pipe or geocomposite drain employed can be flushed out; 

(b) with protection to prevent damage; and 

(c) with clean-out points for pipes or geocomposite drains — 
(i) located at — 

(A) their topmost ends (or heads); and 

(B) each change of direction greater than 70°; and 
(ii) constructed so that they — 

(A) intersect the drain at an angle not greater than 45°; 

(B) extend vertically to the top of paved surfaces or within 300 mm of an 
unpaved finished surface; and 

(C) terminate with a screw cap legibly marked 'SW. 
Any pipes and fittings in such drains shall be — 

(1) cleaned internally prior to installation and commissioning; 

(2) continuously supported by embedment (see Clause 7.3.6); and 

(3) appropriately jointed where applicable. 
NOTES: 

1 Installation of subsoil drains may include — 

(a) wrapping of the pipes or geocomposite drains with geotextile material prior to 
placement of the embedment; 

(b) wrapping of all or part of the embedment with geotextile material; or 

(c) other methods authorized by the regulatory authority. 

2 Joint overlaps for geotextile material should not be less than 300 mm. 

7.4.2 Embedment 
7.4.2.1 Materials 

The material for bedding, haunch support, side support and overlay is determined by — 
(a) the characteristics of the ground in which the subsoil drain is located; 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 80 



(b) the type of geotextile material used (if applicable). 

Where the conduit consists of a pipe, the embedment material shall be crushed hard rock or 
natural gravel with not less than 90% by mass retained on a 9.5 mm sieve. Where the 
conduit is a geocomposite drain the material may be a coarse washed sand. 

Criteria for sizing and determining arrangements of filter material are as follows: 

(i) For proper performance, the filter material (or backfill) shall surround the drain, 
under as well as over; however, this will depend on the nature of the strata being 
drained and the depth of drain. 

If a drain penetrates a water-bearing layer, and is socketed into an impervious zone 
below, then the filter material shall as a minimum be placed in contact with the 
pervious soil. A suitable pipe bedding material may surround the pipe. 

If a drain only partially penetrates a pervious layer such that water would be expected 
to flow into a drain over its entire depth, then the filter material shall surround the 
pipe and also to act as the pipe bedding material. 

(ii) Where pipe bedding is a different material to the filter material, it shall be coarser 
grained than the filter material and its particles have to be greater in size than the 
perforations in the pipe unless a geotextile wrapping is provided. Ideally, the grain 
size distribution of the bedding material should be chosen so that it itself acts as a 
filter to the filter zone. 

MOTE: Common practice is to choose a free-draining, stable and inert material with a larger 
grain size than the filter, such as good quality, screened, crushed rock. 

(iii) A coarse washed sand should be used as a backfill when geocomposite subsurface 
drains are used. The coarse sand acts as the primary filter and the geotextile wrap on 
the drain as a secondary filter. 

7.4.2.2 Installalion 
Subsoil drains shall be laid— 

(a) with embedment installed so that a subsoil drain is neither dislodged nor damaged; 
and 

(b) so as to prevent the ingress of embedment and trench fill. 

7.4.2.3 Disconnection 

Disused subsoil drains shall be disconnected in accordance with the following: 

(a) A subsoil drain shall only be disconnected if it has been established that it is not in 
use or that it is no longer required to serve its intended purpose. 

NOTE: Where there is any doubt as to its purpose or the effects of disconnection, expert 
geotechnical advice should be sought. 

(b) A disconnection shall be made at a pit or other connection to a site stormwater drain. 

(c) Extraneous water, soil, sand, rock or other substances shall not be permitted to enter 
the site stormwater drain or external stormwater drainage system downstream of the 
disconnected section. 



COPYRIGHT 



81 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



SECTION 8 SURFACE AND SUBSOIL 

DRAINAGE S Y S T E M S — A N C I L L A R I E S 

8.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies criteria for ancillaries of surface and subsoil drainage systems. 

8.2 PAVED SURFACES 

Gradients for paved surfaces with areas exceeding 200 m , which form part of a surface 
drainage system in accordance with Clause 5.2. 1 (a), (b) or (c), are given in Table 8.1. 

TABLE 8.1 
TYPICAL GRADIENT LIMITS FOR PAVED AREAS 



Drained area 


Gradient 


Access roads 


Paved areas 


Footpaths 


Longitudinal gradient or fall 


1:10 max.* 


— 


— 


Road crossfall or average camber 


1 :40 normal 


1 :60 min. 


1:30 max. 
1:40 min. 


Kerb channels: 

(without concrete gutter) 

(with concrete gutter or high -class 

surfacing) 


1:150 min. 
1:200 min. 


1:150 min. 
1:200 min. 


— 


Superelevation for road curves not 
exceeding 100 m radius 


1 :25 max. 


— 


— 



* The first 10 m of an access road from its Junction with a major road or public highway should 
have a gradient of not more than 1 :30. 

NOTFE: Except for longitudinal gradient or fail, the typical gradient limits are taken from BS 6367. 

8.3 POINT(S) OF CONNECTION 

NOTE: See Clause 1.7.1 for criteria. 

8.4 REFLUX VALVES 

8.4.1 Purpose 

Reflux or non-return valves allow flow in one direction only, permitting storm water to flow 
from a property but preventing backflows due to surcharging of the downstream stormwater 
drainage network. 

8.4.2 Location 

Reflux valves and reflux valve chambers shall be located — 

(a) wholly within the property; and 

(b) in a stormwater pit unless such valve is — 

(i) above the finished surface level and can be maintained from this level; or 

(ii) within a building and accessible with clear space above so that it may be 
maintained. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/INZS 3500.3:2003 82 

8.4,3 Criteria 

A reflux valve shall be installed — 

(a) where the network utility operator has determined a surcharge level at a gravitational 
point of connection that is above — 

(i) any floor or basement level; or 

(ii) if appropriate, any paved or unpaved area; or 

(b) where the surcharge outlet is omitted. 

8.5 INSPECTION OPENINGS 

8.5.1 Location 

For other than single dwellings, inspection openings for the maintenance of site stormwater 
drains shall be extended to and capped at the finished surface level and be installed at — 

(a) each point of connection; 

(b) even spacings not more than 30 m apart; 

(c) each end of any inclined jump-up that exceeds 6 m in length; 

(d) each connection to an existing site stormwater drain; and 

(e) at any change of direction greater than 45°. 

Inspection openings may be replaced by an inlet or stormwater pit. 

8.5.2 Size 

The nominal size of inspection openings for site stormwater drains shall be — 

(a) for nominal pipe sizes less than or equal to DN 150, the same size as the site 
stormwater drain; and 

(b) for nominal pipe sizes greater than DN 150, not less than DN I 50. 

8.5.3 Access 

Access to below-ground inspection openings shall be either by — 

(a) a stormwater pit; or 

(b) a sealed riser terminated at ground level or floor level in an accessible position. 

8.5.4 Plugs or caps 

Inspection openings and unused sockets shall be sealed with airtight removable plugs or 
caps fitted with an elastomeric seal and securely held in position by a clip, strap or threaded 
connection. Each plug or cap shall be legibly marked 'SW. 

When a plug or cap with an elastomeric seal is removed, a new seal shall be fitted before it 
is replaced. 

8.6 STORMWATER PITS, INLET PITS AND ARRESTERS 
8.6.1 Purpose 

8.6,1.1 Slonnwaler pits 

Stormwater pits are installed — 

(a) to provide access to and, where appropriate, maintenance of— 

(i) junctions, changes of gradient and changes of direction of site stormwater 
drains; 

COPYRIGHT 



83 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



(ii) inspection openings within buildings; 

(iii) reflux valves; or 

(iv) flap valves fitted at the downstream ends of subsoil drains; and 
(b) where appropriate, to operate as an inlet pit. 
8.6 J. 2 Inlet pits 
Inlet pits are installed — 

(a) to permit the collection and ingress of stormwater to a site stormwater drain. 

(b) where necessary, to operate as a surcharge outlet (see Clause 5.4. 12); or 

(c) when the point of connection is a street kerb and gutter and the diameter of the site 
stormwater drain is larger than DM 100, 

NOTE: A sump and screen similar to that shown in Figure 8.1 should be provided adjacent to the 
property boundary to provide transition to smaller pipes or conduits passing under the footpath. 



Larger than 
DN 100 



Property boundary 




Mesh and screen 
(optional) 



Multiple DN 75 or 
DN 100 pipes or 
rectangular conduits 



FIGURE 8.1 TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT OF INLET PIT AND FOOTPATH CROSSING 

8.6.1.3 Arresters 

Arresters shall be installed to remove contamination, generally silt, oil, or both, from 
stormwater prior to discharge to the stormwater drainage network. 

8.6.2 Size 

8.6.2.1 Stormwater and inlet pits 

Minimum internal dimensions for stormwater and inlet pits are given in Table 8.2. 

TABLE 8,2 

MINIMUM INTERNAL DIMENSIONS FOR 
STORMWATER AND INLET PITS 



Depth to invert 
of outlet 


Minimum internal dimensions 
mm 


Rectangular 


Circular 




Width 


Length 


Diameter 


<6()0 
>6()() <90() 
>90() <12()() 
> 1 200 


450 
600 
600 
900 


450 
600 
900 
900 


600 
900 
1 000 
1 000 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



84 



8.6.2.2 Arresters 

The minimum internal dimensions and spacings for baffles and weirs for — 

(a) silt arresters shall be as shown in Figure 8,2; and 

(b) general purpose (oil or silt, or both) arresters shall be as shown in Figure 8.3. 



Removable lid- 



Existing surface 



Inlet 






-50 mm 

Water level 



F7^^^ 



— y Outlet 



i^- 



'. •• .';• "•* *-■ 



millimetres 





Minimum Internal dimensions 


Nominal size of 

outlet 

DN 


Rectangular 


Circular 


Depth below invert 


Width 


Length 


Diameter 


of outlet 


<150 
225 
300 

375 


600 
700 
800 

1 000 


1 000 
1 000 
1 000 

1 200 


1000 
1000 
1000 

1200 


450 
450 
450 

550 



FIGURE 8.2 MINIMUM INTERNAL DIMENSIONS FOR SILT ARRESTERS 

8.6.3 Falls across pits 

The positions of inlet and outlet pipes for pits in site stormwater drains shall be selected to 
minimize head losses, and to facilitate the flushing of sediment from pits. The following 
criteria apply: 

(a) Where possible, inlet pipes shall be pointed directly at the pit outlet, to assist the 
passage of flow and reduce turbulence, 

(b) Pits without a sump, as shown in Figure 8.4(a), shall have the floor graded to fall at 
least 20 mm between the inverts of the inlet and outlet pipes. Sump pits shall have a 
flat floor, but a fall of at least 20 mm between pipe inverts, as shown in Figure 8.4(b). 

8.6.4 Inlets 

Gratings or slotted kerb inlets of sufficient size to admit the flows shall be provided, as 
specified in Clause 5.4.10, Where pits act as surcharge outlets, the provisions of 
Clause 5.4. 12 shall apply. 

For concrete paved areas care should be taken that construction or expansion joints do not 
coincide with the lines of collecting channels and do not cross areas in which ponding 
occurs at sag inlets. Gratings shall be set 5 mm below the levels of surrounding paved areas 
to allow for settlement af\er construction. 



COPYRIGHT 



85 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



Frames of gratings or inspection covers on pits in areas subject to vehicular traffic shall be 

bedded using good quality mortar with low-water content on well-built masonry or concrete 

walls. Sufficient time shall be allowed for the bedding to develop its strength before a 

grating or cover is subjected to traffic. 

-Lid — 3 sections with 
inspection opening 



Slot tor 

battles 5 0--H ^- 



/ Litting holes grouted up 

atter installation 



each end 



Inlet 



4 

150 

-r 



300 

4- -^ 

150 
Baffle No. 1 



Platform 
450 



-^ 



r™-P- 4oH 

" " "" ~T 

Baffle No. 2 

r 

300 

L 



'-Existing 
surface 



Typical sectional view 




millimetres 



Maximum 

hourly 
discharge 

L 


Minimum internal dimensions 


Minimum spacing of baffles and weir 


Width 


Length 


Depth 

below 

crest of 

weir 


Inlet to 
baffle 
No. 1 


Baffle No. 1 
to baffle No. 2 


Baffle No. 
2 to weir 


Weir to 
outlet 


500 

750 

1 000 

1 500 

2 000 

3 000 

4 000 

5 000 


600 
600 

700 

700 
1 000 
1 250 

1 350 
1 450 


1 870 

1 870 

2 660 

3 020 
3 020 

3 820 

4 020 
4 020 


700 

1 000 

600 

600 

780 

1 050 

1 150 
1 250 


200 
200 
300 

300 
300 
300 

300 
300 


1 200 
1 200 

1 640 

2 000 
2 000 
2 500 

2 700 
2 900 


150 
150 
300 

300 
300 
300 

300 
300 


200 
200 
300 

300 
300 
600 

600 
600 



DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES 

FIGURE 8.3 TYPICAL MINIMUM DIMENSIONS FOR GENERAL PURPOSE 
(OIL OR SILT OR BOTH) ARRESTERS 



Inlet pipe 




Fall ^20 mm 



Outlet pipe 



Inlet pipe 



Fall ^20 mm-- 




Outlet pipe 



(a) Pit without sump (b) Sump pit 

FIGURE 8.4 REARRANGEMENTS 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/IN/S 3500,3:2003 86 

8.6.5 Materials and construction 

8.6.5.1 Rectangular or square pits and arresters 

Rectangular or square stormwater pits and inlet pits and all arresters shall be either one of 
the following: 

(a) Constructed in situ on a concrete bed with at least the same external dimensions as 
the pit or arrester and at least 1 50 mm thick with walls of — 

(i) brickwork for wall depths, measured from the existing surface to the invert of 
the outlet, that — 

(A) do not exceed 600 mm, at least 1 1 mm thick; or 

(B) exceed 600 mm but not 1 500 mm, at least 230 mm thick; 

(ii) non-reinforced concrete with thickness not less than that determined from 
Figure 8.5; or 

(iii) reinforced concrete with thickness and reinforcement determined by a 
professional engineer. 

(b) Precast or prefabricated in accordance with Clause 2.13,8. 

8.6.5.2 Circular pits 

Circular stormwater pits and inlet pits shall be pre-cast or prefabricated in accordance with 

Clause 2. 12.8. 

8.6.5.3 Conduits and channels 

The conduits and channels in pits shall be constructed in accordance with the following: 

(a) The fall from the invert of each inlet to the invert of the outlet shall not be less than 
the values given in Figure 8,4. 

(b) For pits located inside buildings, Hows shall be conveyed through the pit by — 
(i) a fully enclosed conduit with sealed inspection openings; or 

(ii) a graded floor, with the pit fitted with an airtight cover. 

(c) For pits located outside buildings, flows shall be conveyed through the pit — 
(i) as specified for Item (b)(i); or 

(ii) by a graded floor or sump. 

Inlet pits in locations subject to dengue fever borne by mosquitoes shall be without a sump 
and be self-draining. 

8.6.5.4 Ladders 

Rung and individual-rung ladders installed in pits and arresters shall comply with AS 4198 
and AS 1657, respectively. 

Following manufacture, steel ladders shall be hot dip zinc galvanized as specified in 
AS/NZS 4680. 

8.6.5.5 Cement rendering 

Brick walls and floors of pits and arresters shall be rendered with a coat of cement mortar at 
least 10 mm thick, trowelled to a smooth finish. 

8.6.5.6 Upper Myalls of stormwater pits 

The upper walls of stormwater pits shall be — 
(a) vertical; or 

COPYRIGHT 



87 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



(b) tapered upwards to the access shaft from a point not less than — 

(i) 1 500 mm above the invert of the outlet pipe; and 

(ii) 100 mm above the top of the highest inlet pipe. 

The diameter of the access shaft shall be not less than 600 mm, and its length shall be not 
greater than 350 mm. 



CO 
LU 
QC 



6.0 
5.4 
4.8 
4.2 



„~ 3.6 



o 

I— 

Dl 

LU 
Q 



3.0 
2.7 
2.4 

2.1 

1.8 
1.5 



\ \ 


\\\ 


,\\\ 






\\\ 


v\\s^ 




\\ 


\ 




^V 


<^^ 


^A 










A\ 


\v 




%^ 


\ 


V \ 


\\ 


^...%v\:^ 


Y \ 


\\ 




\ ' 


V 


\\ 




\ 


\ \ 


^ \ 




\ 


\ \ 


\\ 




^--"-U-72 

(b) Section A-A 



0.45 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 

LENGTH OF WALL [L], METRES 

(a) Value of wall thickness T^ or 72 




T 



Plan 



Example; 

For a non-reinforced concrete wall of length [L] ~ 1.2 m, and maximum depths of 1.8 m 

[H-]] and 2.4 m {H2) the thicknesses are 175 mm [T-]) and 200 mm {T2], respectively. 

NOTB: Thickness T2 obtained from the graph applies to the thickness ol^the bottom section, and 11 to the top 
section. 

FIGURE 8.5 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF NON-REINFORCED CONCRETE WALLS FOR 

PITS AND SILT ARRESTERS 

8.6.5.7 Access openings 

Stormwater pits that are not intended to act as inlets for stormwater and for arresters, 
circular or rectangular access openings shall be fitted at finished surfaces with removable 
covers with a clear opening of not less than 500 mm. 

8.6.5.8 Construction joints 

Construction joints shall be made in accordance with the following: 

(a) Not more than 24 h shall elapse between successive pours of concrete. 

(b) The keying surface shall be scabbled and cleaned. 

(c) A thick cement slurry shall be applied immediately prior to pouring concrete. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 88 



8.6.5.9 Inserts 



Holes broken in or formed in walls of pits and arresters for insertion of pipes or fittings 
shall be made watertight by — 

(a) keying and preparing as for construction joints and caulking the annular space 
between the concrete and pipe or fitting w^ith a stiff mortar (see Clause 2. 10.5); or 

(b) sealing with an epoxy-based or other sealant authorized by the network utility 
operator. 

8.6.5.10 Connections 

Connections to pits and arrestors shall comply with Clause 7.3.3. 

8.7 SURCHARGE OUTLETS 

Surcharge outlets shall comply with Clause 5.4.12. 

8.8 JUNCTIONS 
8.8.1 General 

Junctions in site storm water drains shall be made by means of — 

(a) an oblique junction or sweep junction at an upstream angle of not greater than 60°, as 
shown in Figure 8.6, and preferably less than 45°; 

(b) an opening cut into a site stormwater drain in accordance with Figure 8.7 for nominal 
pipe sizes equal to or greater than DN 375; or 

(c) a pit. 



FIGURE 8.6 ALLOWABLE OBLIQUE OR SWEEP JUNCTION CONNECTION 



COPYRIGHT 



89 



AS/INZS 3500.3:2003 



Main 




Elastomeric sea! 
C£ branch 

"^"Gradient (see Clause 7.3.5) 



Angle to suit gradient 
of branch line 45** max, 

Inside of joint to be 

filled with mortar and ^^-- ^ ^^ '--Wire netting reinforcement 

wiped smooth all round 

"^--Mass concrete block for nominal 
sizes greater than DN 150 

NOTES: 

1 Ihe centre-line of each branch shall intersect the centre-line of the main line. 

2 The change of direction of (low at a cut-in shall be between 45° and 90°, as shown in Figure 8.8. 

DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES 

FIGURE 8.7 CUT-IN CONNECTION FOR SITE STORMWATER DRAINS EQUAL TO OR 

GREATER THAN DN 375 




FIGURE 8.8 ALLOWABLE CHANGE OF DIRECTION OF FLOW AT A BRANCH 

CONNECTION OR CUT-IN 

8.8.2 Square junctions 

For site stormwater drains square junctions shall only be used — 

(a) at the top of a jump-up at a point of connection; 

(b) as an inspection opening; or 

(c) at the top of a jump-up in the site stormwater drain in lieu of a bend and inspection 
opening. 

8,9 JUMP-UPS 

Jump-ups in site stormwater drains shall be constructed in accordance with the following: 

(a) The bend at the base of the jump-up shall be supported on a concrete footing of a 
thickness not less than 100 mm and extending upwards not less than 100 mm. 

(b) Either a bend incorporating a full-size inspection opening or a junction fitting shall be 
used at the top of the jump-up (see Figure 8.9). 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



90 



(c) Branch site stormwater drains shall connect to the shaft of a jump-up using junction 
fittings shown in Figure 8.9 and shall be fully supported. 

(d) The jump-up shall be protected and supported during installation and placement of 
trench fill. 



8.10 ANCHOR BLOCKS 

Where the gradient of a site stormwater drain exceeds 1:5, anchor blocks shall be 
installed — 

(a) at the bend or junction at the top and bottom of the inclined site stormwater drain (see 
Figure 8,10); and 

(b) at intervals not exceeding 3 m. 

Anchor blocks for such drains shall be of reinforced concrete — 

(i) with a thickness of not less than 1 50 mm; 

(ii) with steel reinforcement for such drains of nominal sizes — 

(A) DN 100 or DN 150, two bars of not less than 10 mm diameter bent to a radius 
of about 200 mm or 250 mm, respectively and placed as shown in Figure 8.10. 

(B) greater than DN 150, shall be designed by a suitably qualified competent 
person; 

(iii) which extends — 

(i) across the full width and is firmly keyed into the sides of the trench; 

(ii) above the top of such drain by not less than 1 50 mm; and 

(iii) below the foundation of the trench by not less than 150 mm; and 

(iv) which does not cover any flexible joint. 

Finished surface x ^-Existing surface 



'W^^M^ 



a 



n-^^^^ 



60 mm max. -• »- Z 



w, 



m 



4>< 






yy/yy/// 



V 



■////// 




Hardwood struts 



^) 



.--—Oblique or swept junction 



^^-— Concrete 



FIGURE 8.9 VERTICAL JUMP-UP TO BRANCH SITE STORMWATER DRAIN 



COPYRIGHT 



91 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



m^^m^>>m. 



pm^mmm 



chor points 



150 min, 




150 min. 



DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES 

FIGURE 8.10 ANCHORING OF SITE STORMWATER DRAINS 

8.11 ON-SITE STORMWATER DETENTION (OSD) SYSTEMS 

8.11.1 General criteria 

OSD systems, located both above and below ground, shall comply with the following: 

(a) Provision shall be made for the harmless escape of overflows in the event that an 
outlet gets blocked and the storage is completely filled. Any ponding of water 
resulting from a blockage shall occur at a visible location, so that the fault can be 
noticed and corrected. 

(b) Ponding and overflow levels shall be not less than 300 mm below any adjacent 
habitable floor levels of buildings and not less than 150 mm below non-habitable 
floor levels. 

8.11.2 Above-ground systems 

For OSD systems located above the ground, the following criteria are recommended: 

(a) in landscaped areas — 

(i) a desirable minimum slope for surfaces draining to an outlet be 1:60, and an 
absolute minimum slope be 1:100; 

(ii) the desirable maximum depth of ponding under design conditions be 300 mm; 

(iii) required storage volumes in landscaping areas be increased by 20% to allow for 
vegetation growth, construction inaccuracies and possible filling; 

(iv) subsoil drains be provided around outlets to prevent the ground becoming 
saturated during prolonged wet weather; and 

(v) where the storage is located in areas where frequent ponding could cause 
maintenance problems or inconvenience, the first 10% to 20% of the storage 
required be in an area which can tolerate frequent inundation, such as a paved 
outdoor entertainment area, a small underground tank, a permanent water 
feature, or a rockery. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 92 



(b) In driveway and car park storages — 

(i) depths of ponding to not exceed 200 mm under design conditions; 

(ii) transverse paving slopes within storages be not less than 1 : 140; and 

(iii) where the storage is located in commonly used areas where ponding would 
cause inconvenience, part the storage required be provided in an area or form 
which will not cause a nuisance. 

NOTE: The appropriate proportion of the storage will depend on the local rainfall climate, but 
15% would be an indicative value. As a further guide, ponding outside this area should only occur 
approximately once every year, on average. 

8.11.3 Below ground systems 

OSD systems located in underground tanks shall comply with the following: 

(a) The hydraulic control for the storage, usually an orifice plate on an outlet pipe, shall 
be firmly fixed in place to prevent removal or tampering. (A suitable plate may be of 
3 to 5 mm thick stainless steel with a circular hole of the diameter required by the 
designer machined to 0.5 mm accuracy. The machined hole is to retain a sharp edge.) 
The orifice diameter shall be not less than 25 mm. 

(b) For tanks with open storage zones, allowance shall be made for the accumulation of 
debris and sediment in the storage, as follows: 

(i) Floors of tanks shall be graded at a minimum slope of 1:140 towards the outlet, 
to minimize ponding and depositing of debris. 

(ii) An inspection/access opening shall be provided above the location of the outlet 
with dimensions at least 600 mm x 600 mm or 600 mm diameter for storages up 
to 800 mm deep and 600 mm x 900 mm for deeper storages. There shall be no 
impediments to the removal of debris through this opening. Inspection shall be 
possible without residents or owners having to remove heavy access covers. 

(iii) When storages are not sufficiently deep to work in (i.e., less than 1.5 m deep), 
access shall be provided at intervals of approximately 10 m to allow the system 
to be flushed to the storage outlet. Adequate access shall be provided at the 
outlet. 

(iv) A sump (with a base level set below that of the main storage) shall be provided 
at the outlet point, set below the level of the main storage to collect debris. 
Where a discharge control pit is included in the storage, this shall contain a 
sump set a minimum of 1 .5 times the diameter of the orifice of the outlet below 
the centre of the orifice. Sumps shall be provided with adequate weepholes to 
drain out to the surrounding soil, and shall be founded on a compacted granular 
base. 

(c) Where the depth of the tank exceeds 1.2 m, a ladder in accordance with 
Clause 8.6.6.2 shall be installed. 

(d) Below ground OSD systems shall comply with AS/NZS 2865. 
It is recommended that underground tanks comply with the following: 

(A) Screens with the following characteristics be provided to cover each orifice outlet: 

(1) For orifices up to 150 mm diameter, a fine aperture-expanded metal mesh 
screen (BHP Maximesh Rh3030 or equivalent) with a minimum area of 
50 times the area of the orifice. For larger diameter orifices, a coarser grid mesh 
with a minimum area of 20 times the orifice area may be used as an alternative. 

(2) Steel screens be of stainless steel or hot-dipped galvanized. 



COPYRIGHT 



93 AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 

(3) Where aperture-expanded mesh screens are employed, they be positioned so 
that the oval-shaped holes are horizontal, with the protruding lip angled 
upwards and facing downstream. A handle may be fitted to ensure correct 
orientation and easy removal for maintenance. 

(4) Screens be located so that they are at least 1.5 times the orifice diameter or 
200 mm from the orifice plate, whichever is the greater. 

(5) Screens be placed no flatter than 45° to the horizontal in shallow storages up to 
600 mm deep. In deeper or more remote locations, the minimum angle should 
be 60° to the horizontal. 

(B) If the storage is sealed, a vent be provided to expel any noxious gases. 

(C) The storage be designed to fill without causing overflows in upstream conduits due to 
backwater effects. 

NOTE: A system may provide a cellular storage volume rather than an open void, and some may 
permit infiltration to the surrounding soil. 

8.11.4 Materials 

Storages shall be constructed of concrete, masonry, aluminium/zinc alloy-coated steel, zinc- 
coated steel, galvanized iron or plastics. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/vS 3500.3:2003 94 



SECTION 9 PUMPED SYSTEMS 

9.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies criteria for pumped systems. 

9.2 GENERAL 

Pumped systems are for areas normally less than 2000 m^ where it is not possible for the 
stormwater to be discharged by gravity through the available gravitational point of 
connection. 

The pumping equipment shall include a wet well, pumps and motors, pipework and 
electrical equipment and be located to facilitate easy connection to either the surface water 
system or the pumped point of connection, 

NOTE: An illustration of the application of this Section is given in Appendix L. 

9.3 WET WELLS 

9.3.1 General 

Wet wells, for submersible or non-submersible type pumps, shall be installed in accessible 
locations. 

9.3.2 Construction and materials 

The structure shall be sound and constructed of materials that will resist corrosion from 
ground water and aggressive soils. 

Authorized materials include pre-cast or cast in situ reinforced concrete, corrosion-resistant 
metals, brickwork or glass-reinforced plastics. 

9.3.3 Base 

The base shall be constructed of materials compatible with the walls and shall maintain a 
self-cleansing gradient towards the pump inlet. The base shall be supported on stable 
ground. 

9.3.4 Cover 

The cover shall be constructed of similar materials to that of the wet well and sball have 
removable access openings sized for maintenance purposes. If the access opening is 
airtight, a breather pipe with a non-corrodible screen shall be installed. 

9.3.5 Ladders 

Where a wet well exceeds a depth of 1.2 m, a ladder, in accordance with Clause 8.6.5.4, 
shall be installed. 

9.3.6 Combined effective storage 

The capacity of the pumped system shall be achieved by a combination of pump capacity 
and wet well storage between the high and low working levels of the wet well. The 
combined effective storage comprising the volume able to be pumped in 30 min plus the 
wet well storage shall not be less than the volume of the run-off from the storm of 
AR] ^ 10 years and duration of 120 min, or as otherwise directed by the authority having 
jurisdiction. The maximum pump capacity shall be as detailed in Clause 9.4(a). The 
minimum wet well storage between the high and low working levels expressed in cubic 
metres shall be 1% of the catchment area in m^ but in any case shall not be less than 3 m\ 
NOTE: The minimum pump capacity should be 10 L/s. 



COPYRIGHT 



95 AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 

9.3.7 Alarm 

High-level and low-level alarms shall be installed in each wet well and located clear of the 
discharge from the inlet pipe so that false alarms are prevented. The high level alarm should 
be set no higher than 100 mm above the invert of the inlet pipe, provided that flooding of 
habitable or storage areas and vehicle garages shall be avoided. Where Hooding could occur 
the overflow and high-level alarm shall be lowered accordingly to prevent flooding. 

9.3.8 Inlet 

The invert of the inlet pipe to the wet well shall be located at least 100 mm above the level 
of the Design Top Water Level. 

9.3.9 Sealing 

All pipes or apparatus passing through a wall or cover of a wet well shall be sealed with a 
compatible material. 

9.4 PUMPS 

The pumps shall be suitable for unscreened stormwater and shall be installed as follows; 

(a) Pumps shall be in duplicate. The maximum capacity of each pump shall be selected so 
that the capacity of the system receiving the discharge is not exceeded. The pump 
controls shall be set up to enable alternate pump operation at each start. In the event 
that a pump fails to operate when the water level in the wet well reaches the pump 
start, the other pump shall be activated and a visible alarm initiated. In the event that 
both pumps fail to operate, an audible alarm shall be initiated, 

(b) Pumping equipment shall be securely fixed to the wet well using corrosion-resistant 
fixings. 

(c) Pumps shall be fitted with a gate valve and non-return valve on the delivery side of 
each pump. 

(d) Pumps shall have flanges or unions installed to facilitate removal. 

(e) Pumps shall be controlled so as to limit the number of starts per hour to within the 
capacity of the electrical motors and equipment, and shall, as far as practicable, 
empty the contents of the wet well at each operation. 

(f) The required pumping rate shall be calculated based on an assessment of the expected 
inflow and, where appropriate, the allowable discharge rate, 

9.5 RISING MAINS 

Rising mains shall comply with the relevant Sections of AS/T^JZS 3500.1 and this Standard, 
and connect to — 

(a) a stormwater or inlet pit; or 

(b) direct to a stormwater drain. 

9.6 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 

All electrical motors and equipment shall be installed in accordance with AS/NZS 3000. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



96 



SECTION 10 



S I T E TESTING 



10.1 SCOPE OF SECTION 

This Section specifies criteria for the testing of downpipes within buildings, site stormwater 
drains and main internal drains under buildings and all rising mains. 

10.2 DOWNPIPES, SITE STORMWATER DRAINS AND DRAINS WITHIN OR 
UNDER BUILDINGS 

Downpipes, site stormwater drains and drains within or under buildings shall be tested in 
accordance with Clause 10.3 

10.3 TEST CRITERIA 

10.3.1 Downpipes within buildings 

Downpipes within buildings shall be free of leaks when subject to either — 

(a) water test at a pressure of a head of water equal to the lesser of 10 m or the length of 
the downpipe for a period of not less than 10 min; or 

(b) air test at a pressure of not less than 30 kPa for a period of not less than 3 min. 
Note: I kPa = 100 mm head of water. 

10.3.2 Site stormwater drains, drains within and under buildings and main-internal 
drains 

Site stormwater drains, drains within and under buildings and main internal drains shall be 
free of leaks when subjected to either of the following: 

(a) Water test (see Clause 10.4.1) The leakage rate not to exceed the relevant value 
given in Table 10.1 for a pressure within the range 1.5 m to 3.0 m head of water 
maintained for a period of not less than— 

(i) 10 min for FRC, precast concrete (steel reinforced) and vitrified clay (ceramic) 
products; or 

(ii) 5 min for all other authorized products, 

(b) Air test (see Clause 10.4.2) Application of a pressure test of not less than 30 kPa for 
a period of not less than 3 min then, after disconnection of the pressure source, the 
period for a pressure drop from 25 kPa to 20 kPa to exceed the relevant value given in 
Table 10.2, 



TABLE 10.1 

MAXIMUM LEAKAGE RATE 



Material 


IMaximum leakage rate per 30 m length 
L/min 


FRC, precast concrete (steel reinforced) and 
viLrilled clay (ceramic) 


DN 
1000 


All other authorized 


Nil 



10.3.3 Rising mains 

Rising mains shall be free of leaks when subject to a pressure test at a pressure of not less 
than twice the shut-off head of the pump connected to the rising main, fbr a period of not 
less than 10 min. 

COPYRIGHT 



97 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



TABLE 10.2 
MlNrMUM PERIOD FOR PRESSURE DROP 



Nominal size 
DN 


Minimum period for 

pressure drop from 25 kPa 

to 20 kPa 

s 


100 to 225 
300 to 450 


90 
180 



10.4 PROCEDURE 

10.4.1 Water test 

The head of water on any section of drain shall not exceed 3 m. 
The procedure shall be as follows: 

(a) Seal all openings except the top of the section of the below-ground drain to be tested. 

(b) Fill the below-ground drain with water to the highest level in that section. 

(c) Maintain the water at this level for a period of — 

(i) 10 min for vitrified clay drains, by the addition of measured quantities of make- 
up water as set out in Item (c); or 

(ii) 5 min for drains of any other material. 

The test is considered to be successful if no make-up water is required. 

TslOTE: For vitrified clay drains the following quantities of make up water are permitted — 

(a) up to 1 L per 30 m length of DT^ 100; or 

(b) up to 1 .5 L per 30 m length of DT^ 1 50. 

10.4.2 Air test 

The procedure shall be as follows: 

(a) Apply a pressure of 30 kPa to the drain and hold this pressure for 3 min to allow the 
air temperature to stabilize. 

(b) Shut off the air supply and measure the time taken for the pressure in the pipe to drop 
from 25 kPa to 20 kPa. 

The drain is considered to have passed the test if the time taken is greater than 90 s for 
pipes of size DN 225 or smaller, or 1 80 s for pipes of sizes DN 300 and DN 375. 



COPYRIGHT 



A S/N/.S 3500.3:2003 98 



APPENDIX A 
REFERENCED AND RELATED DOCUMENTS 

(Normative) 

Al REFERENCED DOCUMENTS 

The following documents are referred to in this Standard: 

AS 

1074 Steel tubes and tubulars for ordinary service 

I 100 Technical drawing 

1 100.101 Part 101 : General principles 

1 1 67 Welding and brazing — Filler metals 

1 167.1 Filler metal for brazing and braze welding 

1 273 Unplasticized PVC (UPVC) downpipe and fittings for rainwater 

1289 Methods of testing soils for engineering purposes 

1289.5.4,1 Method 5.4.1 : Soil compaction and density tests — Compaction control test — 

Dry density ratio, moisture variation and moisture ratio 
1289.5.6.1 Part 5.6.1: Soil compaction and density tests — Compaction control test — 

Density index method for a cohesionless material 

1 345 Identification of the contents of pipes, conduits and ducts 

1379 Specification and supply of concrete 

1432 Copper tubes for plumbing, gasfitting and drainage applications 

1478 Chemical admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout 

1478.1 Part 1 : Admixtures for concrete 

1 604 Specification for preservative treatment 

1 604.1 Part 1 : Sawn and round timber 

1628 Water supply — Metallic gate globe and non-return valves 

1 631 Cast grey and ductile iron non-pressure pipes and fittings 

1657 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders — Design, construction and 

installation 

1665 Welding of aluminium structures 

1761 Helical lock-seam corrugated steel pipes 

1762 Helical lock-seam corrugated steel pipes — Design and installation 

1834 Material for soldering 

1834.1 Part 1: Solder alloys 

2032 Code of practice for installations of UPVC pipe systems 

2033 Installation of polyethylene pipe systems 
2050 installation of roof tiles 

2200 Design charts for water supply and sewerage 

2439 Perforated plastics drainage and effluent pipe and fittings 

2439.1 Part 1 : Perforated drainage pipe and associated fittings 

COPYRIGHT 



99 AS/N/.S 3500,3:2003 



2638 Gate valves for waterworks purposes 

2638.1 Part 1: Metal seated 

2638.2 Part 2: Resilient seated 

AS 

2758 Aggregates and rock for engineering purposes 

2758.1 Part 1: Concrete aggregates 

3517 Capillary fittings of copper and copper alloy for non-pressure sanitary 
plumbing applications 

3571 Glass filament reinforced thermosetting plastics (GRP) pipes — Polyester based 
— Water supply, sewage and drainage applications 

3578 Cast iron non-return valves for general purposes 

3600 Concrete structures 

3648 Specification and methods of test for packaged concrete mixes 

3673 Malleable cast iron threaded pipe fittings 

3680 Polyethylene sleeving for ductile iron pipelines 

3705 Geotextiles — Identification, marking and general data 

3725 Loads on buried concrete pipes 

3795 Copper alloy tubes for plumbing and drainage applications 

3996 Metal access covers, road grates and frames 

4058 Precast concrete pipes (pressure and non-pressure) 

4060 Loads on buried vitrified clay pipes 

4087 Metallic flanges for waterworks purposes 

4139 Fibre-reinforced concrete pipes and fittings 

4198 Precast concrete access chambers for sewerage applications 

AS/NZS 

1 1 67 Welding and brazing — Filler metals 

1 1 67.2 Filler metal for welding 

1254 PVC pipes and fittings for storm and surface water applications 

1260 PVC pipes and fittings for drain, waste and vent applications 

1477 PVC pipes and fittings for pressure applications 

1 170 Structural design actions — General principles 

ri70.1 Part 1: Structural design actions — Permanent, imposed and other actions 

1 170.3 Part 3: Structural design actions — Snow and ice actions 

1866 Aluminium and aluminium alloys — Extruded rod, bar, solid and hollow shapes 

2 1 79 Specifications for rainwater goods, accessories and fasteners 

2179.1 Parti: Metal shape or sheet rainwater goods, and metal accessories and 

fasteners 
2179.2(Int) Part 2: PVC rainwater goods and accessories 

2280 Ductile iron pressure pipes and fittings 

2312 Guide to the protection of iron and steel against exterior atmospheric corrosion 
by the user of protective coatings 

2566 Buried flexible pipelines 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 100 

2566,1 Part 1: Structural design 

2865 Safe working in a confined space 

2878 Timber— Classification into strength groups 

3000 Electrical installations 

3500 Plumbing and drainage 

3500.0 Part 0: Glossary of terms 

AS/NZS 

3500.1 Part 1 : Water services 

3879 Solvent cements and priming fluids for use with unplasticized PVC (uPVC) 

pipes and fittings 

4020 Testing of products for use in contact with drinking water 

4129 Fittings for polyethylene (PE) pipes for pressure applications 

4130 Polyethylene (PE) pipes for pressure applications 

4327 Metal-banded flexible couplings for low-pressure applications 

4401(lnt) High-density polyethylene (PE-HD) pipes and fittings for soil and waste 
discharge (low and high temperature) systems inside buildings — Specifications 

4455 Masonry units and segmental pavers 

4671 Steel reinforcing materials 

4680 Hot-dip galvanized (zinc) coatings on fabricated ferrous articles 

NZS 

3107 Specification for precast concrete drainage and pressure pipes 

3631 New Zealand timber grading rules 

3640 Specification of the minimum requirements of the NZ Timber Preservation 

Council Inc. 

5807 Code of Practice for industrial identification by colour, wording or other 

coding 

BS 

EN 295-1 Vitrified clay pipes and fittings and pipe joints for drains and sewers. 
Requirements. 

EN 12056- Gravity drainage systems inside buildings. Roof drainage, layout and 
3 calculation 

6367 Code of practice for drainage of roofs and paved areas 

8301 Code of practice for building drainage 

ASTM 

A240 Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel 

Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications 

E1/AS1 NZ Building Code Approved Documents: Acceptable solutions E1/AS1 

ARR87 Australian rainfall and runoff: A guide to flood estimation. Volumes 1 and 2. 
Revised edition 1998, published by Institution of Engineers Australia 

BCA Building Code of Australia: Volume 1 — Class 1 and Class 10 Buildings — 

Housing Provisions; Volume 2 — Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings, Australian 
Building Codes Board 

COPYRIGHT 



101 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



PCA Plumbing Code of Australia 

A2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 

Attention is drawn to the following related documents: 

1 Beecham S.C., Jones R.F., O'Loughlin G.G. (1995), Hydraulic testing of box and 
valley gutters for roof drainage design, Second International Symposium on Urban 
Stormwater Management, Institution of Engineers, Australia. 

2 Argue, J.R. (1986), Storm drainage design in small urban catchments: a handbook for 
Australian practice. Special Report No. 34, Australian Road Research Board, 
Vermont South. 

3 Meville Jones & Associates Pty Ltd and Australian Water Engineering (1992), 
Queensland Urban Drainage Manual, 2 volumes, Queensland Water Resources 
Commission, the Local Government Engineers' Association of Queensland and 
Brisbane, City Council, Brisbane. 

4 ACT Department of Urban Services (1994), Urban Stormwater, Edition 1, Standard 
Engineering Practices, Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra. 

5 Upper Parraniatta River Catchment Trust (1999) On-site Stormwater Detention 
Handbook, 3rd Edition, Parramatta (available from www.uprct.nsw.gov.au). 

6 Sydney Coastal Councils Group, On-Site Stormwater Detention Guidelines for Urban 
Councils (draft), Sydney, 1995. 

7 Martin K. G. and Tilley R.I, 1968. Influence of slope upon discharge capacities of 
roof drainage channels CSIRO Aust, Division of Building Research. Rpt. 0.2.2-32. 

8 REBUILD, December 1976, published by CSIRO, Division of Building Research. 

9 New Zealand Building Code, published in New Zealand. Building Industry Authority. 

10 General drainage manuals prepared by other authorities, and manuals prepared by 
municipal councils for local use. 

11 Ralph Jones & Eugene Kloti (1999) A High Capacity Overflow Device for Internal 
Box Gutters of Roofs. 8th International Conference on Urban Storm Drainage 30.8.99 
to 3.9.99, Institution of Engineers, Australia. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



102 



APPENDIX B 
SITE-MIXED CONCRETE FOR MINOR WORKS 

(Informative) 

Minor works are deemed to be works of a minor nature in which the strength of the concrete 
is not critical. For such works it is permissible for the designer to specify the proportions 
given in Table Bl . Strength tests are not required for minor works. 

It is permissible to adjust the proportions of fine and coarse aggregates given in Table Bl 
so long as the ratio there stated of total aggregate to cement is not changed. 

TABLE Bl 

CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONS FOR MINOR WORKS 
(The proportions listed in this Table do not apply to lightweight concrete and concrete 

made with blended cement) 



1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


Mix proportions by mass for saturated surface- 
dry dense aggregate 


Maximum 
slump 


Maximum 
water/cement 
ratio by mass 


Nominal 
strength 


Cement 


Fine 
aggregate 


Coarse 
aggregate 


mm 




MPa 


1 


2/2 


4 


100 


0.70 


15 


1 


2 


3 


100 


0.58 


20 



COPYRIGHT 



103 AS/IN /.S 3500.3:2003 



APPENDIX C 
STORMWATER DRAINAGE INSTALLATION PLANS 

(Informative) 



CI SCOPE 



This Appendix sets out guidelines for the use of network utility operators, to indicate the 
information that may be included in stormwater drainage installation plans. 

Where requested these plans may comprise — 

(a) a roof plan for all building to be fitted with rainwater goods; 

(b) a site plan; 

(c) where applicable, a catchment plan; and 
(c) computation sheets for the general method. 

C2 ROOF PLAN 

C2.1 Building with fewer than four floor levels 

Roof plans for buildings with fewer than four floor levels should be drawn to a scale not 
smal ler than 1 : 1 00 and show — 

(a) extent and slope of roofs for each building and details of any adjacent parapets or 
vertical walls; and 

(b) proposed layout, sizes and, as applicable, gradients of gutters, downpipes, overllow 
devices and surcharge outlets. 

C2.2 Buildings with four or more floor levels 

Roof plans for buildings with four or more floor levels should comprise — 

(a) the information required in Paragraph C2. 1 ; and 

(b) an isometric line diagram (see AS 1100.101), or such other three dimensional 
representation authorized by the network utility operator, to show the catchment area, 
location, size and, if applicable, the gradient of each downpipe. 

C3 SITE PLAN 

Site plans should be drawn to a scale not smaller than 1:500 and in Australia to the 
Australian Height Datum (AHD) or in New Zealand to the datum authorized by the network 
utility operator and show — 

(a) boundaries and topography of the property, i.e., spot levels or contours to the 
appropriate datum; 

(b) location of all existing and proposed buildings and the levels of ground and basement 
floors, to the appropriate datum; 

(c) location(s) and invert level(s) of the point(s) of connection for the property; 

(d) proposed layout, sizes, invert levels and gradients of the elements, including overflow 
paths for storms of the surface water drainage system. 

(e) proposed layout and sizes of elements of the subsoil drainage system; and 

(f) vehicular washing areas. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500,3:2003 104 



C4 CATCHlVrENT PLAN 



Catchment plans should be drawn to a scale not smaller than that authorized by the network 
utility operator and show — 

(a) boundaries of the property; and 

(b) limits and topography of the catchment area(s) draining to the property, to the 
appropriate datum. 

C5 COMPUTATION SHEETS 

Computation sheets under the general method should clearly show the basic assumptions 
and the calculations necessary for the sizing of the elements specified in Paragraphs C2 and 
C3. 



COPYRIGHT 



105 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

APPENDIX D 
GUrDELlNES FOR DETERMINING RAINFALL INTENSITIES 

(Informative) 

Dl SCOPE 

This Appendix sets out guidelines for determining for any place in — 

(a) Australia, rainfall intensities for 5 min duration and ARls of 20 and 100 years; and 

(b) New Zealand, rainfall intensities for 10 min duration and ARIs of 10 and 50 years. 

NOTE: Significant inaccuracies can occur for any ARI that exceeds the available period of 
rainfall records. The expected probability is discussed in ARR87. 

D2 PROCEDURES 

02.1 Australia 

The procedure for the determination of rainfall intensities, in millimetres per hour, for the 
place considered is as follows: 

(a) If given in Table El and — 

(i) shown in Figures E2 to El 3, either — 

(A) read directly from the relevant Figure; or 

(B) submit the latitude and longitude (see Table El) with a request for the 
required rainfall intensities to the Hydrometeorological Advisory 
Services of the Bureau of Meteorology (HASBM)*; or 

(ii) not shown in Figures E2 to El 3, either — 

(A) plot its position (see Table El) on the relevant Figure and read directly 
from the Figure; or 

(B) repeat Step (a)(i)(B), 

(b) If not given in Table El, determine the latitude and longitude from a map of an 
appropriate scale and either — 

(i) plot its position on and read directly from the relevant Figure; or 

(ii) submit the latitude and longitude with a request for the required rainfall 
intensities to the HASBM*. 

D2.2 New Zealand 

The procedures for the determination of rainfall intensities, in millimetres per hour, for the 
place considered is as follows: 

(a) If shown in Figures Fl to F4, read directly from the relevant Figure (see 
Paragraph F2). 

(b) If not shown in Figures Fl to F4, determine the latitude and longitude from a map of 
an appropriate scale and either — 

(i) plot its position on and read directly from the relevant Figure; or 

(ii) submit the latitude and longitude with a request for the required rainfall 
intensity to the National Institute for Water and Atmosphere (NIWA). 

* Although a service fee is charged, this is the preferred option for applications that require a high degree oi" 
accuracy or for places where there is a significant gradient between the isopleths (lines of equal rainFall 
intensity) on the relevant Figure, or both. 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 106 



APPENDIX E 
RAINFALL INTENSITIES FOR AUSTRALIA— 5 MIN DURATION 

(Normative) 

El SCOPE 

This Appendix gives 5 min duration rainfall intensities, for any place in Australia, that are 
based on the Computerized Design Intensity — frequency — duration Rainfall System 
(CDIRS) data of the Bureau of Meteorology, used for the sizing of — 

(a) rainwater goods (see Clause 3.3.5.1); and 

(b) surface water drainage systems (see Clause 5. 4, 5(a)). 

E2 SELECTED PLACE REFERENCES 

For selected places in Australia, the area number (see Figure El), the latitude and longitude 
and the reference figure (Figures E2 to El 3) are given in Table El. 



COPYRIGHT 



107 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



TABLE El 
SELECTED PLACE REFERENCES 





Area 
number 


Latitude 
south 


Longitude 
east 


Reference figure 


Place 


ARI, years 










20 


100 


Abydos 


6 


21.47° 


118.92° 


El 2 


1 :: 1 3 


Adelaide (CBD) 


3 


34.93° 


138.60° 


B6 


E7 


Albany 


6 


35.03° 


117.88° 


El 2 


E13 


Albury 


3 


36.08° 


146.91° 


i;:6 


E7 


Aliee Springs 


3 


23.70° 


133.88° 


E6 


E7 


Arkaroola 


3 


30.32" 


139.33° 


E6 


E7 


Armidale 


1 


30.50° 


151.67° 


B2 


E3 


Bacchus Marsh 


3 


37.68° 


144.44° 


E6 


E7 


Ballarat 


3 


37.56° 


143.86° 


E6 


E7 


Bale mans Bay 


2 


35.71° 


150.18° 


E4 


125 


Balhursl 


2 


33.42° 


149.56° 


E4 


E5 


Benalla 


3 


36.55° 


145.98° 


E6 


E7 


Biloela 


5 


24.40° 


150.51° 


ElO 


Ell 


Bowral 


2 


34.48° 


150.42° 


E4 


E5 


Bridgewater 


4 


42.74° 


147.24° 


E8 


E9 


Brisbane (CBD) 


1 


27.47° 


153.03° 


E2 


E3 


Broken Hill 


3 


31.93° 


141.47° 


E6 


E7 


Broonne 


6 


17.96° 


122.24° 


El 2 


E13 


Bun bury 


6 


33.33° 


115.64° 


El 2 


El 3 


Bundaberg 


5 


24.87° 


152.35° 


ElO 


E 1 1 


Burnie 


4 


41.05° 


145.91° 


E8 


E9 


Cairns 


5 


16.93° 


145.78° 


ElO 


Ell 


Canberra (CBD) 


2 


35.28° 


149.12° 


1Z4 


E5 


Cape York 


3 


11.45° 


142.43° 


E6 


E7 


Carnarvon 


6 


24.89° 


113.66° 


El 2 


E13 


Casino 


1 


28.87° 


153.05° 


B2 


E3 


Ceduna 


3 


32.13° 


133.68° 


EG 


E7 


Charleville 


3 


26.4 r 


146.24° 


Ed 


E7 


Charters Towers 


5 


20.08° 


146.26° 


ElO 


Ell 


Cloncurry 


3 


20.71° 


140.51° 


E6 


E7 


ColTs Harbour 


1 


30.30° 


153.12° 


E2 


E3 


Collie 


6 


33.36° 


116.16° 


El 2 


EL3 


Cooma 


2 


36.23° 


149.11° 


E4 


E5 


Coonabarabran 


1 


31.28° 


149.27° 


E2 


E3 


Cowra 


3 


33.84° 


148.69° 


E6 


E7 


Darnpier 


6 


20.66° 


116.71° 


El 2 


E13 


Darwin 


3 


12.46° 


130.84° 


E6 


E7 


Deloraine 


4 


41.53° 


146.65° 


B8 


E9 


Derby 


6 


17.31° 


123.63° 


El 2 


E13 


Dorrigo 


1 


30.34° 


152.71° 


E2 


E3 


Dover 


4 


43.31° 


147.01° 


i;':8 


E9 


Dubbo 


3 


32.35° 


148.61° 


E6 


E7 



(contiyiued) 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



108 



TABLE El {continued) 





Area 
number 


Latitude 
south 


Longitude 
east 


Reference figure 


Place 


ARI, years 




20 


100 


Emerald 


5 


23.52° 


148.16° 


E10 


Ell 


ninders island 


4 


40.03° 


148.05° 


E8 


E9 


Forbes 


3 


33.38° 


148.00° 


E6 


E7 


Gee long 


3 


38.15° 


144.36° 


E6 


E7 


Gerald ton 


6 


28.78° 


114.61° 


E12 


El 3 


Glen Innes 


1 


29.74° 


151.74° 


E2 


E3 


Goondiwindi 


1 


28.55° 


150.30° 


E2 


E3 


Gosford 


2 


33.43° 


151.34° 


E4 


E5 


Go ul burn 


2 


34.76° 


149.72° 


E4 


E5 


Gympie 


1 


26.19° 


152.66° 


i:^2 


E3 


Halls Creek 


6 


18.23° 


127.66° 


El 2 


EE3 


liamersley 


6 


31.85° 


115.79° 


E12 


El 3 


Hamilton 


3 


37,75° 


142.01° 


E6 


E7 


Healesville 


3 


37.65° 


145.52° 


E6 


El 


Hillside 


2 


33.58° 


150.97° 


E4 


E5 


1 lobart (CBD) 


4 


42.88° 


147.33° 


E8 


E9 


Horsham 


3 


36.71° 


142.20° 


i;:6 


E7 


Hughenden 


5 


20.84° 


144.20° 


ElO 


Ell 


Innisfail 


5 


17.52° 


146.03° 


EiO 


Ell 


Inverell 


1 


29.78° 


151.11° 


E2 


E3 


Kalgoorlie 


6 


30.75° 


121.47° 


El 2 


El 3 


Katanning 


6 


33.68° 


117.55° 


El 2 


El 3 


Rather in e 


3 


14.46° 


132.30° 


E6 


1:^:7 


Kempsev 


1 


31.08° 


152.84° 


E2 


E3 


Kiama 


2 


34.67° 


150.85° 


E4 


E5 


Kiandra 


3 


35.48° 


148.87° 


E6 


E7 


Kingaroy 


1 


26.55° 


151.84° 


E2 


E3 


Kingston 


4 


42.98° 


147.31° 


E8 


E9 


Korumburra 


3 


38.43° 


145.82° 


E6 


E7 


Kununurra 


6 


15.77° 


128.74° 


El 2 


E13 


Lakes Entranee 


3 


37.88° 


147.99° 


E6 


E7 


Eauneeston 


4 


41.44° 


147.14° 


E8 


E9 


Eismore 


1 


28.81° 


153.28° 


E2 


E3 


Eithgow 


2 


33.48° 


150.13° 


E4 


E5 


Eongreach 


5 


23.45° 


144.25° 


EIO 


EEl 


Maekay 


5 


21.15° 


149.19° 


EIO 


El I 


Maitland 


1 


32.74° 


151.56° 


E2 


E3 


Marble Bar 


6 


21.17° 


119.74° 


E12 


El 3 


Mareeba 


5 


16.99° 


145.42° 


EIO 


EEl 


Meekatharra 


6 


26.60° 


118.50° 


E12 


El 3 


Melbourne (CBD) 


3 


37.82° 


144.96° 


E6 


E7 


Merimbula 


2 


36.89° 


149.91° 


E4 


E5 


Mildura 


3 


34.19° 


142.16° 


E6 


E7 


Mittagong 


2 


34.45° 


150.45° 


EA 


E5 



(continued) 



COPYRIGHT 



109 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



TABLE El {continued) 





Area 
number 


Latitude 
south 


Longitude 
east 


Reference figure 


Place 


ARI, years 




I 1 \M B 1 I WkM X^ I 






20 


100 


Morwell 


3 


38.24° 


146.40° 


E6 


E7 


Mt Barker 


3 


35.07° 


138.86° 


E6 


E7 


Ml Gam bier 


3 


37.83° 


140.78° 


E6 


E7 


Mt Isa 


3 


20.73° 


139.49° 


B6 


i;i:7 


M(; Morgan 


5 


23.65° 


150.39° 


BIO 


Ell 


Ml Wellington 


4 


147.23° 


42.90° 


IZ8 


i;'.9 


Mullumbimby 


1 


28.56° 


153.50° 


E2 


E3 


Mundaring 


6 


31.90° 


116.16° 


El 2 


El 3 


Murray Bridge 


3 


35.12° 


139.27° 


E6 


E7 


Murwillumbah 


1 


28.33° 


153.39° 


E2 


E3 


Muswellbrook 


1 


32.27° 


150.89° 


E2 


E3 


Newcastle 


1 


32.93° 


151.78° 


B2 


E3 


Mewman 


6 


23.36° 


119.73° 


El 2 


E13 


New Norfolk 


4 


42.78° 


147.06° 


E8 


E9 


Noosa 


1 


26.41° 


153.09° 


1:2 


E3 


Nowra 


2 


34.88° 


150.60° 


E4 


E5 


Muriootpa 


3 


34.48° 


138.99° 


E6 


i?:7 


Orange 


2 


33.29° 


149.10° 


B4 


E5 


Orbosl 


3 


37.71° 


148.46° 


E6 


E7 


Perth (CBD) 


6 


31.95° 


115.86° 


El 2 


El 3 


Port Augusta 


3 


32.49° 


137.76° 


E6 


i:':7 


Port Hedland 


6 


20.31° 


118.57° 


El 2 


EI3 


Port Maequarie 


1 


31.43° 


152.91° 


E2 


E3 


Port Pirie 


3 


33.18° 


138.00° 


E6 


E7 


Proserpine 


5 


20.40° 


148.58° 


ElO 


Ell 


Queenstown 


4 


42.08° 


145.57° 


E8 


E9 


Robertson 


2 


34.59° 


150.59° 


E4 


E5 


F'loekhampton 


5 


23.38° 


150.51° 


ElO 


El 1 


Koma 


3 


26.57° 


148.80° 


E6 


E7 


Roy Hill 


6 


22.60° 


119.95° 


E12 


El 3 


Scotlsdale 


4 


41.16° 


147.52° 


E8 


1:9 


Singleton 


1 


32.61° 


151.17° 


E2 


E3 


Sorell 


4 


42.79° 


147.56° 


E8 


E9 


Soulhporl 


1 


27.97° 


153.41° 


E2 


1:^3 


Stawell 


3 


37.06° 


142.78° 


E6 


E7 


St Helens 


4 


41.32° 


148.24° 


E8 


E9 


Si Marys 


4 


41.58° 


148.18° 


i;^:8 


E9 


Swansea 


4 


42.12° 


148.07° 


E8 


E9 


Sydney (CBD) 


2 


33.87° 


151.21° 


1:4 


E5 


Taree 


1 


31.91° 


152.46° 


E2 


E3 


Tom Priee 


6 


22.69° 


117.79° 


EI2 


EI3 


Toowoomba 


1 


27.56° 


151.96° 


E2 


E3 


Towns vi lie 


5 


19.26° 


146.82° 


E 1 


Ell 


Tweed Heads 


1 


28.17° 


153.54° 


i;z2 


E3 



(coniiniied) 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



no 



TABLE El {continued) 





Area 
number 


Latitude 
south 


Longitude 
east 


Reference figure 


Place 


ARI, years 




20 


100 


Warwick 

Weipa 

Wittenoom 

Wollongt^ng 

WonLliaggi 

Wyong 

Yorketown 


1 

3 
6 

2 
3 

2 

3 


28.22° 
12.63° 

22.24° 

34.43° 
38.61° 

33.29^ 

35.02° 


152.03° 
141.88° 
118.33° 

150.89° 
145.59° 
151.42° 

137.60° 


E2 
E6 

B12 

E4 
E6 
E4 

E6 


E3 

E7 
El 3 

E5 

E7 
E5 

E7 



E3 FIVE MINUTES DURATION RAINFALL INTENSITIES 

5 mins duration rainfell intensities for ARIs of 20 and 100 years for any place in Australia 
may be determined from the following Figures: 

(a) Figure El : Location of areas. 

(b) Figures E2, E4, E6, E8, ElO and E12: Area numbers 1 to 6, respectively^Rainfall 
intensities for an ARI of 20 years. 

(c) Figures E3, E5, E7, E9, Ell and E13: Area numbers 1 to 6, respectively — Rainfall 
intensities for an ARI of 100 years. 

The Figures are marked with isopleths of rainfall intensity (lines of equal rainfall intensity). 



COPYRIGHT 



Ill 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 




Area 1 



Area 4 



Prepared by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne, 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE El LOCATION OF AREAS 



COPYRIGHT 



A S/1N/.S 3500.3:2003 



112 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E2 AREA 1— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MUM— ARI 20 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



1 13 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



isa 



151 



15Z 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E3 AREA 1 — RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN— ARI 100 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



114 




Prepared from CDIRS by; Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 

FIGURE E4 AREA 2 — RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN— ARI 20 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



115 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



149* 



150 



152-E 
33-S 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 

FIGURE E5 AREA2— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN—ARMOO YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



116 



129- 130' 



146" 



149-E 

Tiers 




Prepared from CDIRS by; Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E6 AREA3— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN—ARI 20 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



117 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



ig gr I3cr 

10' 



134* 



13B* 



\4Z 



\4^ 140-E 

T 1 — ^las 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E7 AREA 3— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN— ARI 100 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



A S/NZS 3500,3:2003 



145- 



146' 



14T 



149'E 
40" S 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E8 AREA4— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN—ARI 20 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



119 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



144' 



145' 



146* 



14r 



148' 



ug-E 

40' S 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E9 AREA4— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN—ARMOO YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/I\/S 3500.3:2003 



120 



A I 



146' 



148' 



150- 



15^ 



154*E 

16*S 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E10 AREAS— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN—ARI 20 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



121 



AS/^ZS 3500.3:2003 



Al 



146- 



148" 



150* 



15Z 



154*E 

iiers 



- IB- 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE Ell AREAS— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN— ARI 100 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



122 



128- 129'E 
13-3 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E12 AREA6— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN—ARI 20 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



123 



A S/iSZS 3500.3:2003 



128* 129-E 
13-5 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 



FIGURE E13 AREA6— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (nnnn/h)— 5 MIN—ARI 100 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 124 



APPENDIX F 
RAINFALL INTENSmES FOR NEW ZEALAND— 10 MIN DURATION 

(Normative) 

Fl SCOPE 

This Appendix gives lOmin duration rainfall intensities for any place in New Zealand, 
based on the Building Industry Authority data, used for the sizing of — 

(a) Rainwater goods (see Clause 3.3.5,2); and 

(b) Surfece water drainage systems (see Clause 5. 4, 5(b)), 

F2 10 MINUTES DURATION RAINFALL INTENSITIES 

Rainfell intensities of 10 min duration for ARIs of 10 and 50 years for any place in 
New Zealand may be determined from the following Figures: 

(a) Figures Fl and F3 — Rainfall intensities for an ARI of 10 years. 

(b) Figures F2 and F4 — Rainfall intensities for an ARI of 50 years. 

The figures are marked with isopleths of rainfall intensity (lines of equal rainfall intensity). 



COPYRIGHT 



125 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 



Rainfall Intensities (mm/h)« 10m lOy ARI 




Prepared by: National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research Ltd 



FIGURE F1 NORTH ISLAND— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 10 MIN- 

ARI 10 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



126 



Rainfall Intensities (nnnn/h)i 10m 50y ARI 



36"$- 



ss^s- 




Prepared by: National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research Ltd 



FIGURE F2 NORTH ISLAND— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (nnnn/h)— 10 MIN- 

ARI 50 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



127 



AS/^ZS 3500.3:2003 



Rainfall intensities (mm/h): lOm lOy ARI 




Prepared by: National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research Ltd 



FIGURE F3 SOUTH ISLAND— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 10 MIN- 

ARI 10 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



128 



Rainfall intensities (nnnn/h): lOnn 50y ARI 




Prepared by: National Institute of Water and Atmospheric Research Ltd 



FIGURE F4 SOUTH ISLAND— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 10 MIN- 

ARI 50 YEARS 



COPYRIGHT 



129 AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 



APPENDIX G 
EXAMPLES OF OVERFLOW MEASURES FOR EAVES GUTTERS 

(Informative) 

Gl SCOPE 

This Appendix sets out examples of overflow measures for eaves gutters (see Clause 3.5). 

G2 FULL LENGTH (CONTINUOUS) OVERFLOWS 

Examples of acceptable full-length (continuous) overflows are as follows: 

(a) The front bead not less than the dimension h\ below the top of the facia board as 
shown in Figure Gl(a) — (weir flow over front of gutter). 

(b) The front bead not less than the dimension h[ below the top edge of the back of the 
gutter — (weir flow over front of gutter). 

(c) Flashing as shown in Figure Gl(b) with the top edge of the flashing not less than h\ 
above the bead — (weir flow over front of gutter). 

(d) Combinations of items (a), (b) or (c). 

(e) The top edge of the back of the gutter not less than h^ below the top of the facia board 
as shown in Figure Gl(c) — (weir flow over back of gutter). 

(f) For concealed eaves gutters the top edge of the facia not less than h[ below the top of 
the back of the gutter, or integral flashing (tail) with the top edge of the flashing not 
less than h^ above the top of the facia as shown in Figure G 1(d)— (weir flow over 
front of gutter). 

The h[ value shall be determined from Tabled where the average flow per metre is 
determined from the total flow shown in Figure 3.5 divided by the length of the eaves gutter 
served by the catchment. 

NOTE: Blockages can and do occur anywhere along an eaves gutter causing overtopping that 
would not be affected by an overflow device located at the outlet of an eaves gutter, e.g. rainhead 
(see Figure 3.7(a)). The overflow devices given in Paragraph G2 are located along an eaves gutter 
so that any overtopping is unlikely to cause monetary loss or property damage including damage 
to contents of a building. The ARIs for eaves gutters given in Table 3.1 assume the provision o^ 
appropriate overflow measures. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 35(10.3:2003 



130 



G3 SPECIFICALLY LOCATED OVERFLOWS 

Examples of specifically located overflows are holes and weirs. 

TABLE Gl 
minimum: Af VALUES 



Gutter slope 


Average inflow per metre of gutter 
(L/s per m) 




0.2 


0.4 


0.6 


0.8 


1.0 


Level gutter 


18 


20 


22 


23 


25 


Sloping gutter 


12 


14 


16 


17 


19 




Minimum hf (mm) 



NOTE: Minimum h^ is based on ' '^/^ for Australia and V/]o lor New Zealand. Table Gl ineludes an 
allowance for water surlaee undulations and eonstruction tolerances oj^ 19 mm for level gutters and 13 mm 
for sloping gutters. Available research suggests that surface undulations may be limited to tlie range 5 mm 
to 8 mm, provided that the discharge JVom metal cladding for all roof slopes is directed downwards by 
turning down the outside edge. Figure G2 illustrates the elTect. 



COPYRIGHT 



131 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 











h 











\ 


X 






J 


?r 




V 


"Eaves 


gutte 




J: 


^^^-^ 


-Facia 






/\ 













Flashing 




Facia 



(a) Eaves gutter with low front 



(b) Eaves gutter with high front 
and rear flashing 



n 



^f 



——10 min. 



■ Facia 



Eaves gutter 




(c) Eaves gutter with high front 
and min. 10 mnn gap to fascia 



(d) Concealed eaves gutter with tail 



FIGURE G1 EAVES GUTTER OVERFLOW METHODS 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 



132 



Metal cladding with 
no down-turn 



Metal cladding with 
down-turn 



\ ^^ Flow pattern 



Flow pattern 



FIGURE G2 ILLUSTRATION OF FLOW PATTERNS FOR METAL ROOF CLADDING 



COPYRIGHT 



133 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



APPENDIX H 

GENERAL METHOD FOR DESIGN OF EAVES GUTTER SYSTEMS- 
EXAMPLE 



(Informative) 



HI SCOPE 



This Appendix sets out an example that illustrates the application of the general method for 
design of solutions for eaves gutters and associated vertical downpipes (see Clause 3.5). 

The calculations are presented in an explanatory form to assist first and occasional users. 
The adopted order of accuracy in the examples is consistent with the accuracy of the 
assumptions on which they are based. 

NOTE: Appendix D gives guidelines for the determination for any place in — 

(a) Australia, for rainfall intensities of 5 min duration and ARIs of 20 and 100 years; and 

(b) New Zealand, for rainfall intensities of 10 min duration and ARIs of 10 and 50 years. 

H2 EXAMPLE 

H2.1 Problem 

A house as shown in Figure HI is to be constructed at Bathurst in New South Wales (see 
Figure E4). Determine the layout and size of the external eaves gutters and associated 
vertical downpipes that are to discharge to the surface water drainage system for the 
following cases: 

Case 1: eaves gutter gradients of 1:500 and steeper. 

Case 2: eaves gutter gradients flatter than 1 :500, 

To assist the understanding of this example the application of Figures 3.5(A) and E4 is 
shown in Figure M2, 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



134 



15 



9 

4 



12 



NOrES; 



Dimensions include width o(* eaves gutter. 
Pitch orroof24°( 1:2.3). 



DIMENSIONS IN METRES 



FIGURE H1 HOUSE PLAN 

H2.2 Case 1 — Sloping eaves gutter 

H2 .2.1 Calculation 

The calculation below illustrates the application of the procedure shown in Figure 3.4. Each 
step designation (for example (a), (b), (c) and so on) has a corresponding letter in the flow 
chart. 



CASE 1 



(a) 



From Tabic 3. 1, select 20 years ARl for Australia and 10 years Af^l for New Zealand 



(h) 



In Australia the design rainfall intensity for external eaves gutters and associated vertical downpipes 
will have a 5 min duration. The value for Bathurst in New South Wales is determined from Table E\ 
and Figure E4 and is 145 mm/h. The application of Figure E4 for this example is shown in Figure 112. 



(c) 



By physical observations, measurements or plans of the house, record, as shown on Figure 111- 
(i) overall dimensions that include an allowance for the widths of the eaves gutters: 
(ii) pitch (slope) of the roof; and 
(iii) layout of the ridges and valleys 



(d) 



Determine for the roof of the house: 

(i) from Figure 111, the plan area {A^) is 144 m^; and 

(ii) from Equation 3.4.3(2) and pitch of the roof, the catchment area(4t.) is 175 m". 



(e) 



Select gradients Ibr the eaves gutters; 
Select 1 :5()0 and steeper 



in 



Select eaves gutters from a manufacturer's technical data and note the effective cross-sectional areas 
/le is 7300 mnr (square fascia) 



COPYRIGHT 



135 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



CASE 1 



(g) Determine, for the selected size of eaves gutter; using Figure 3.5(A) the maximum size of the 

catchment of llie roof per vertical down pipe. 

Note: This determination is illustrated in Figure H2 

The maximum catchment areaT^^^jp of roof per vertical downpipe is 51 m^ 

(h) Determine for the selected sizes of eaves gutter (see Step (f)) the minimum number of vertical 

downpipes iTom AJA^.^^ 

175 

""^ 3A adopt the next higher whole number, which is 4 

5/ 

(i) Select locations, as shown in Figure FI3, for the minimum of Ibur downpipes 

(i) where practical, the sub-cafchments have about the same area; and 

(ii) a high point is located at an outlet to a valley gutter. 

NOTB: /!(, and A^ for the selected sub-catchments are tabulated in Table 111 

(j) For this example the catchment area for each sub-eatchment (/^s-c) is not greater than A^^^,. If the area 

of one or more catchment areas is greater than the /i^dp then proceed in accordance with one or more 
of the following: 

(i) Increase the number of vertical downpipes and repeat Steps (g) to (i). 

(ii) Re-position vertical downpipes and repeat Step (i). 

(iii) Re-position high points and repeat Step (i). 

(iv) Increase the size of the eaves gutter, i.e., larger A^, and repeat Steps (0 to (i). 

(k) From Table 3.3 the alternative sizes of the vertical downpipes for the selected gradients (see Step (e)) 

and sizes (see Step (f)) of eaves gutters are 100 mm diameter or 100 mm x 75 mm. 

(I) Select overflow measures in accordance with Clause 3.5 if required. Comply with Paragraph G2(a). 

Determine the minimum height of fascia above the gutter overflow (//f) to prevent w^ater entering the 
building, as follows: 

Determine the maximum ini^low per metre of eaves gutter iTom inspection oFthe plan. The maximum 
distance in plan from the eaves gutter to the ridge is 4 m. Hence the maximum catchment area per 
metre in plan is 4 x 1 ^-^ 4 m^. The value ixir inllow per metre to be used to not be less than 
4 X 145/3600 - 0.16 L/s per m. Select down pipe D from Table H 1 (See note in Table HI). 

(i) For downpipe D — -A^^ is 43 m^ (see Table HI). 

(ii) Rainfall intensity is 145 mm/h (see Step (b)), 

(iii) From Figure 3. 5 A Total How is 2.1 F/s 

(iv) Length of gutter is 9 m (see Table HI). 

(v) Average flow per metre of gutter = 2.1/9 = 0.23 L/s. 

(vi) From Table G1 — (sloping gutter) minimum /?p~ 14 mm. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



136 



TABLE HI 

SUB-CATCHMENT AREAS FOR DOWNPIPES 



Vertical downpipc 


Sub-catchment 
Case 1 




Plan area 
m^ 


Catchment 
area (A,.,) 


Length of 
gutter 

m 


A 


38.0 


46 


15.5 


B 


33.5 


40 


12.5 


C 


37.5 


45 


17 


D 


35.5 


43 


9 


Total 


144.0 


174 


54 



NOTE: The sub-catchment for the vertical downpipe at D has the 
largest ratio of catchment to gutter length. 



COPYRIGHT 



137 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, 1991 

FIGURE E4 AREA2 — RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN—ARI 20 YEARS 

(a) Application of Figure E4 



' 


.„.. 


- 


- 


/ 




J 


1 


A 




A 




f 


t 


7 


T 


/ 


/ 





7 


/ 


/ 




/ 




7 




I 

7 


/ 


' 




90,0' 


L 


/I 






/ 


7^ 


/ 


"" 


1 
1 


/ 


o/ 


\L 


/ 




/ 


/ 




7 






/ 


7 


7 


7 


/' 


/ 


7 












' 


/\ i 


'/\ 


r 







/ 






/ 


"e 






/ 


/ 


1 


1 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


\2i 


/ 


no 


/ 


/' 




/ 




7 




/ 


/ 




/ 












S 70.0- 






/ 


/ 


/ 


i 


f 


// 




I 


/ 


/ 


7 


7 


4 


^ 


i 


20C 




7 


/ 
/ 


7 


7. 


7 


- 


^ 


y 


y 


- 


- 




/ 


/ 




1 


/ 


/ 


/ 






/ 


/ 




'. 




/ 


/ 


7 


/ 




/ 




7 




/ 




/ 






50 






Y^ 








y 






1 ^°'° 


J 




/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


7 


y 


/ 


r 




y 


JOC 




X 


^ 






^ 




o 


I 

J 




/ 


L 


L 


/ 


/ 


1^ 


f 


/ 


7 
/ 


'> 


7 




/ 


,/ 


7 






y 






^ 


\^ 


50 




^ 








o 




A 


1 


7 


/ 


f 


7 


/, 


/ 


/ 


1^ 


/ 






y 


y 




y 


X 




y 


X 


35^ 


pr 




00 

r 


„. 


DC 

> 40,0- 




'i 


\ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 

7 


i 


'y. 


/ 

'7 






y 






X 
y 


^ 


X 


y 
y 


^ 


-^ 


^ 

^ 


^ 

^ 




^ 


^ 




y 


A 




< 30.0- 


\ 




i 


i 




i 




/ 


i 






^ 
^ 


^ 

"^ 


y 

^ 


X 
> 


X 


^ 


y 


^ 


-^ 


> 


^. 


^ 
































< 

^ 20.0- 

1 




^ 
g 


i 


< 




^ 
-^ 


^ 


^ 




DE 


SI 


IN 


R/ 


MN 


-A 


.L 


INI 


Eh 


Rl 


FY 












:i 










( ^%) C 


)R {^°/io>> ^^^^ (TYPICAL)-! 










- 


- 






"- 


- 




.„ 


- 


- 


" 




-■" 


- 








O 


















































































4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

EFFECTIVE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF EAVES GUTTER* [A^). 1000 mm^ 
FOR GRADIENTS OF 1 ; 500 AND STEEPER 



TOTAL FLOW IN EAVES GUTTER (L/s) 



NOTBS: 



1 This graph assumes — 

(a) an effective width to depth is a ratio of about 2:1; 

(b) a gradient in the direction of flow of 1 :5()() or steeper; 

(c) the least favourable positioning of the downpipe and bends within the gutter length; 

(d) a cross-section or half round, quad, ogee or square; and 

(e) the outlet to a vertical down pipe is located centrally in the sole of the eaves gutter. 

2 The required eaves gutter discharge areas do not allow for loss of waterway due to internal brackets. 

FIGURE H2 APPLICATION OF FIGURE 3.5(A) 
COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3 :2(M>3 



138 



DP-A 




LEGEND: 






Vertical downpipe 


= 


e 


High point 


= 


HP 


Down pipe 


= 


DP 



„J I.... 



eDP-B 



#DP-C 



10 m 

1 1 L... .i,._ I 



FIGURE H3 ROOF PLAN— CASE 1 

B2.2.2 Solution 
Adopt the following: 

(a) Roof plan as shown in Figure H3 with eaves gutter gradients for Case 1 of 1:500 and 
steeper, 

(b) Eaves gutters with an effective cross-sectional area of 7300 mm^ (square fascia). 

(c) Vertical downpipes of 100 mm diameter or 100 mm x 75 mm rectangular. 

(d) Minimum height of fascia above gutter overflow is 14 mm. 
H2.3 Case 2 — Flat eaves gutter 

H2 .3 . 1 Calculation 

The calculation below illustrates the application of the procedure shown in Figure 3.4. Each 
step designation (for example (a), (b), (c) and so on) has a corresponding letter in the flow 
chart. 



CASE 2 



(a) 



Itoiti Tabic 3.1, select 20 years ARl for Australia and 10 years ARl for New Zealand 



(b) 



In Australia the design rainfall intensity for external eaves gutters and associated vertical downpipes 
will have a 5 mins duration. The value for Bathurst in New South Wales is determined from Table El 
and Figure B4 and is 145 mm/h. The application of FMgure E4 Ibr this example is shown in figure 113. 



(c) 



By physical observations, measurements or plans of the house, record, as shown on Figure 111- 
(i) overall dimensions that include an allowance for the widths of the eaves gutters; 
(ii) pitch (slope) of the roof; and 
(iii) layout of the ridges and valleys 



(d) 



Determine Ibr the roof of the house: 

(i) from Figure HI, the plan area {A\^ is 144 m^; and 



(ii) from Equation 3.4.3(2) and pitch of the roof, the catchment area (//^;) is 175 m^ 



(e) 



Select gradients for the eaves gutters; Select Hatter than 1 :500. 



COPYRIGHT 



139 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 





CASE 2 


(0 


Select eaves gutters from a manufacturers technical data and note the efi^eetive cross-sectional areas 
(/IJ; /Ic is 7300 mm" (square fascia) 


(g) 


Determine, for the selected size of eaves gutter; using Figure 3.5(B), the maximum size of the 
catchment of the roof per vertical downpipe. 

Note: This determination is illustrated in Figure 114. 

The maximum catchment area/tcdp of roof per vertical downpipe is 36 m^ 


(h) 


Determine for the selected sizes of eaves gutter (see Step (f)) the minimum number of vertical 
downpipes from AJA^^^ 

175 

= 4.9 adopt the next higher whole number, which is 5. 

36 


(1) 


Select locations, as shown in Figure H5, for the minimum of five downpipes. 

The layout in H4 requires precise positioning of the downpipes. in practice it is unlikely that this 
could be achieved because of windows, doors, and other features but nevertheless it demonstrates 
what happens if the same size eaves gutters arc used for both Cases 1 and 2. With less precise 
positioning of the 5 downpipes, a larger eaves gutter would be required 

As there are no high points for fiat caves gutters to define the catchment areas for each downpipe and 
eaves gutter section, halve the total catchment area between adjacent downpipes to effectively create 
imaginary high points somewhere between the selected downpipes. 

1 lence, if there are three downpipes in sequence numbered DP-1, DP-2 & Dr^-3, the catchment area of 
DP-2 is half the catchment area between DP- 1 and DP-3, irrespective of the position of DP-2. 

/fii and Ac, lx)rthe selected sub-catchments are tabulated in Table 112. 


(J) 


For this example the catchment area for each sub-catchment (//s-c) is not greater than A^dp- If the area 
of one or more catchment areas is greater than the A^p then increase the number of vertical downpipes 
and repeat Steps (g) to (i). 


(k) 


From Table 3.3 the alternative sizes of the vertical downpipes for the selected gradients (see Step (c)) 
and sizes (see Step (1]) of eaves gutters are 85 mm diameter or 100 mm x 50 tnm. 


(1) 


Select overfiow measures in accordance with Clause 3.5 if required. Comply with Paragraph G2(a). 
Determine the minimum height of fascia above the gutter overfiow (/?() to prevent water entering the 
building, as follows: 

Determine the maximum inflow per metre of eaves gutter from inspection of the plan. The maximum 
distance in plan from the eaves gutter to the ridge is 4 m. Hence the maximum catchment area per 
metre in plan is 4 x 1 -= 4 m^. The value for infiow per metre to be used shall not be less than 
4 X 145/3600 = 0.16 L/s per m. Select downpipe E from Table 112 (See note in Table M2) 

(i) For downpipe E — A^^ is 36 m^ (see Table FI2). 

(ii) Rainfall intensity is 145 mm/h (see Step (b)). 

(iii) From Figure 3.5B Total flow is 1 .7 L/s 

(iv) Length of gutter is 9.5 m (see Table H2). 

(v) Average fiow per metre of gutter = 1.7/9.5= 0.18 L/s 

(vi) From Table Gl — (level gutter) minimum hf^ 18 mm. 

The minimum //^ values may not provide sufficient protection where valley gutters discharge to eaves 
gutters with zero slope. In such cases, it is recommended that h^- be increased in the vicinity of the 
valley gutters. The reason for this is that the valley gutter discharges into an eaves gutter that may 
already contain water. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/INZS 3500.3:2003 



140 



TABLE H2 
SUB-CATCHMENT AREAS FOR DOWNPIPES 



Vertical 
downpipe 


Suh-catchnient 
Case 2 




Plan area 
(Ah, J 


Catchment 
area (A,.,) 


Length of 

Gutter* 

m 


A 


29.5 


36 


11.5 


B 


29 


35 


10 


C 


26.8 


32 


13 


D 


29.2 


35 


10 


E 


29.5 


36 


9.5 


Total 


144 


174 


54 



* Based on half the length between downpipes. 

NOTE: The sub-eatchment Ibr the vertical downpipe at 
has the largest for ratio of eatehment to gutter length. 



COPYRIGHT 



141 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 




Prepared from CDIRS by: Hydrometeorological Advisory Service, Melbourne 
© Commonwealth of Australia, Bureau of IVIeteorology, 1991 

FIGURE E4 AREA 2— RAINFALL INTENSITIES (mm/h)— 5 MIN— ARI 20 YEARS 



TjT^-7-7-7 / / 77 7 7 


''' mfyiTi - /j-jsy::/ :z-/: . 


/ / rHJ-- 1- / / / '-7- ^^ 


::X'-N llIti^uI/^j / 7 7 


I IJ iL Zu7 / 7 -7-y-y-'- ^ 


-'--Ijr rriJ'f^^ 7 7 7"~^7'~ 


r Tij 7 / 7 iMt-- / 7 : 


::7'^A^//t2^7 777 F3^- 1^^:;-^ 


11 Jj// /7/7-Z7-7r-z.,..^.. 


UJil// 7 7/7 /y /a?-' z\ 


::tp2,L/777yy7:-77'7z:m^^ 


t '17)7 / 7 77/ /_X^Z ^^.-^7. 


mM7///A-z777Z7-^\_ 7 


1// / 7777/7 y7-<-K7Z--' \ 


/ 7 7/y7Z Z-'7^'' ^^t^"'' \ 


77777lk7ZZ'7'7'' \ 


z^;;;^^^ J^^^2^^^^ i>i 'iifih liAiN Ai iMi'.M;rv 


y ^^ ^'^Ty'^^^''^ 1^%' 3R l'"/iol. ''^"■'fi (' Vl-^IOAI.)-^ 


gggs^'l 


i - 


4 f.i G / /.! 9 10 n 1? 33 14 11. 16 1/ 10 19 I'O ill :■;> ;'3 .-14 

Lll-CnVi: CnOSR miCTfONAi AUr-IA or i;AVi:0 GUfll (■ lA^i. 1U0U (nrn'" 

roi? GlMi:iir-Nii3 or iilait!-:;? ihan i : fioo 

i. 1 -1 1...1 1 1 1 —J — : — \ — 1. -1 1....1, -1 — 1 i_u..,i III 



TOTAL FLOW IN EAVES GUTTER (L/s) 

NOTES: 

1 This graph assumes — 

(a) an elTecLive width to depth is a ratio ofabout 2:1; 

(b) a gradient in the direction of How of Hatter than 1 :500; 

(e) the least favourable positioning of the downpipe and bends within the gutter length; 

(d) a cross-section or half round, quad, ogee or square; and 

(e) the outlet to a vertical down pipe is located centrally in the sole of the eaves gutter. 

2 The required eaves gutter discharge areas do not allow for loss of waterway due to internal brackets. 

FIGURE H4 APPLICATION OF FIGURE 3.5(B) 



COPYRIGHT 



A S/INZS 3500.3:2003 



142 




DP-B 



DP-E 



15 



4.25 



DP-D 




DP-C 



_l L I 1 



10 m 

J I ^1 



Total catchment between DP-D AND DB-A (clockwise) = 72 nn^ 
Catchnnent area for DP-E = 36 nn^ 



FIGURE H5 ROOF PLAN— CASE 2 

H2.3.2 Solution 
Adopt the following: 

(a) Roof plan as shown in Figure H3 with eaves gutter gradients for Case 2 flatter than 
1:500. 

(b) Eaves gutters with an effective cross-sectional area of 7300 mm^. 

(c) Vertical downpipes of 85 mm diameter or ] 00 mm x 50 mm. 

(d) Minimum height of fascia above gutter overflow is 18 mm. 



COPYRIGHT 



143 AS/NZS35<M».3:2003 



APPENDIX 1 

BOX GUTTER SYSTEMS— GENERAL METHOD, DESIGN GRAPHS AND 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

(Normative) 

Figures 11 to 18 of this Appendix apply, within the limitations of Clause 3.7. 1, to the 
general method (see Figures 3.9, 3.10 and 3.1 1) for the design of solutions for — 

(a) box gutters, see Figure H; and 

(b) rainheads, see Figures 12 and 13; or 

(c) sumps with either side overflow devices, see Figures 14, 15 and 16 or high-capacity 
overflow devices, see Figures 17 and 18. 

NOTE: Applications of this Appendix are illustrated by Examples 1, 2 and 3 given in Appendix J. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



144 



Design flow [Q]. L/s 



S E 



^_, 


^ 


i± 




<D 


■n 


u 






CO 


F 


o 


~i 


SJ 


E 


cu 



400 


2 


'■ 


J L 


I t 


) e 


/ 


^ 


\ c 


) 10 11 12 13 14 15 M 










/ 




/ 




/ 


/ 






/ 


/ 




360 










/ 


y 


/ 


/ 




/ 






A 




/ 








1 




/ 




/ 


/ 






/ 




/ 




"to 

■^ 320 

CD CM 












/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 














l\ 




/ 


/ 






/ 


-/ 


/ 




/■ 


> E 

^~ 280 

CD Q 






1 


1 




/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 


/ 






/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 




/ 




/ 






/ 


V 


S g. 240 






/ 


j 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/' 






/ 


/ 








h 


k 
/ 


r/ 


^i 




/ 


/ 






/ 


/ 




^ 


c 5 

CD o 200 
E -o 






/ 


#/^ 




/ 






y 




/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 




/- 


/^ 




/ 


.^ 


y 
^ 


^ 


^ 


o 

5 ^^^ 




/ 


// 


7 


/ 


X-" 


y 




// 


/ 


/ 


A 


/ 


> 


/ 


>!" 


^^ 


k- 




.^^ 


^ 


120 


/ 


// 


7 


/ 


f / 


/ 




/ 

^ 




^x 


// 


V/ 


V 


/ 


/ 


y 


^ 


^m-;] 


Minimum depth of box gutter 
discharging to rainhead 80 
including freeboard [h^] with 
slope adjustment in mm 

170 150 130 110 90 ^^ 


h 


'/. 


// 


/ 


/ 
^ 




/ 


^ 


;;;;^ 


.-^ 




^^§0 


1 


^ 


/ 

^ 


^ 

^>" 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


=^ 


^^ 


i 


\ 




— ' 
























vC 


J 




80 



















■ / 


7 












































// 


































100 


















// 








^ 


X 














® 

























^ 


y 








sX 


:^ 


^ 


^ 










120 
















/> 


f \ 








\ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


\^ 


^ 








\^ 


















/ 




/ 












\, 


\ 


N 




\ 


^ 




•->^ 


"^ 








140 












vA 


/ 


^ 




^ 


^1 










\ 


\ 


\ 


s 


\ 




-^nn 














'^ 


A 

















\ 






\ 


N 


\ 


'\j 
X 


\ 




^ 


-> 


160 








/ 






:i^C^: 


T^^ 


^ 


/ 


















\ 


s 


k^ 





/ 


^ 






1 1 11 n 
o o oo 

-O lO o^ 
rsj -^ ^ 
















\ 


\ 




s 


\ 




\ 


fe 


180 




/ 


7) 

























\, 






\ 


Sw,?^ 




^ 


/. 


V} 


/ / 






T- T- T-T- 


















^•^c 


t 




T^ 






900 


/ 


































" 






X 


N 



400 



360 



320 



CD 


CD 




C3. 


CO 


Q. 


, , 


C 


c 


^ 


CD 


o 


b 


ID 



o 



CDfNj 

> E 

280 -„ 



240 

200 

160 

120 

80 

40 

80 

100 

120 

140 

160 

180 

200 



170 150 130 110 90 70 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 



Minimum depth of box gutter discharging 

to rainhead including freeboard \h^] with 

slope adjustment in mm 



Design flow (0). L/s 



C3) 

^ E 

"^ e 

o ^ 
E c 

CD 

~™^ 



S. fD 



s-S 



Cl 
(D -o 

CO 



LEGEND: 

@= Design rainfall intensity (^°°/^) or {^°/^q) in mm/hr (typical) 

(b) = Width of box gutter \w^^^ in mm (typical) 

(c) = Gradient of box gutter (typical) 



NOTE: 200 mm box gutter J or domestic construction only. 
FIGURE 1 1 DESIGN GRAPH FOR A FREELY DISCHARGING BOX GUTTER 



COPYRIGHT 



145 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 




hr - 25 



NOTES: 

1 This ilgure applies for h^>\25 D^ or 1 .25 D[ 

2 For h,. and /,., see Figure 13. 

3 Width of rainhead is equal to the width of box gutter. 

4 The rainhead to be fully sealed to the box gutter and the front of the rainhead left open above the overHow weir. 

FIGURE 12 RAINHEAD 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500-3:2003 



148 



Approximate 
water profile with 
blocked downpipe 




The minimum gradient for overflow 
duct or channel, with lengths — 
(a) equal to or less than 450 mm, 
is horizontal; and (b) greater than 
450 mm, is 1 : IO-7 



^/•/^7Z7- /y 77 yy 7V - 



/ 



dr,n min. 



(a) Section showing overflow duct or channel 



Approximate water profile with blocked downpipe 



77 7/ '7/~yy^r7/~j/-'//-~//^/y~/—//"/~/TV7^rr/T)(zr. 



I 



/oc+ (c/oc + 30) min. 

1 



Sole of box gutter 



^ Overflow duct ^ 



or channel 



r /T i 77 77 77 77 -/7 ^V—7"7/^/-7/-7^-/Z"/ 7-/7-77^/7-/7"" 7Z 77 77' 



/oc rnin. 



Sump 



Downpipe 



'- — 0.7 /qc t^'n- 
/oc min. 



Minimum gradient of box gutter, 1:200- 
-Minimum length of sump (h/qc + 2/oc) ~ ^00 mm 

(b) Side view of box gutter 
NOTE: The sump and overHow channel to be fully sealed to the box gutter. 



DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES 



FIGURE 15 SUMP/SIDE OVERFLOW DEVICE 



COPYRIGHT 



149 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



70 



60 



50 



40 



30 



LL 
O 

CO 
LU 
3 



< 20 



10 









Width 


Of t 


ox gi 


jtter 


t^bgt' 


mm 


1 

(typical) — 








'Z^ 


300^ 


























"' 


^ 


375_^ 
A50^ 

^00^ 














^ 










-- 


5 
















^ 


^ 










"^ 










J,"^"'^ ^.^ 






== 


-^ 






















^^^^ 



























































1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

LARGEST DESIGN FLOW OF ANY ONE BOX GUTTER L/s 

(a) Determination of values for /^p 



180 



u. ^° 120 
O — 

tr ^ 100 



O 80 



60 



40 

























































-200 




Width of overflow channel (h^q^), rnm (typical) — - 


-"■''"'"'■""'" 




























^...--^ 
































"3 00- 


















^.^--^ 








,,.:.,;.>--^ 
















,->^ 








„...--- 














^^.^ 
















450 


















"'^ 1 






J 








^^ 


^^^^^^ 




^^^.^ 


^^^^ 


















^ 














""^ 














^ 




-^ 




----^ 




















^^..^^ 




























.^^^ 



























2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

TOTAL DESIGN FLOW FROM EACH GUTTER AND SECTION OF ROOFING L/s 



(b) Determination of values for d^^ 
NOTE: Graph (a) applies to both sump/side overilow device, and sump/high-capaeity overllow device. 

FIGURE 16 DESIGN GRAPH FOR SUMP/SIDE OVERFLOW DEVICE 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



150 



Box gutter - 



i 



-Overflow downpipe 
-Normal downpipe 



^bg 



T 



200 



B 




^ 



200 



Sump 



200 



T 



(a] TOP VIEW 

-Approximate water profile with blocked downpipe 



A 



■ 77 '7? //'// / 



h, 



\ Sole of 



'^bg I Crest of overflo 

box gutter 1 /qc I^ *<dX 

_^ r\ 



ZT zr 7z v? 7? 77 V? ^/~/~/~^r7/^/.^/;^/?~y7'~/T r/' zr rr/. 

w weir 



Sump 



Am 



-45 
max.; 



Minimum gradient of box gutter, 1:2 00- 



Overflow downpipe 



(b) SECTION A-A 

40 upstream sole of overflow channel 
Crest of overflow weir 



60 downstream sole of overflow channel 



Normal downpipe 



(c) SECTION B-B 

NOTES: 

1 The depth of the sump {h^ is measured — 

(a) if /^,t. >60, from the sole of the box gutter at the sump; or 

(b) if /oc <60, the downstream sole of the overnow channel i.e., 60 - /^c below the sole of the box gutter at 
the sump. 

2 The sump to be fully sealed to the box gutter. 

3 See Clause 3.7.5 for criteria for over Row devices. 

4 The normal outlet may be moved longitudinally to enable better inspection and maintenance access (see 
Clause 3,7.4(1)). 

DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES 

FIGURE 17 SUMP/HIGH-CAPACITY OVERFLOW DEVICE 



COPYRIGHT 



151 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



40 



130 



120 



110 



100 



E 
E 



LL 

O 90 

00 
UJ 

Z) 

_J 

< 
> 



70 



60 



50 







WIDT 


H OF 


A BC 


X GU 


TTER 


(i^bgl 


mm 








-300/ 




















/ 


^ 




375, 














/ 


y 




y 


/^ 




45 0/ 

525/ 

600^ 










^ 


/ 


/ 


y 


^ 


X 


^ 










/ 

> 


/ 


y 




^^ 




^ 




/ 


/ 


^ 


y 
y. 


< 


^ 




^ 












^ 


^ 


y. 


^ 




















^ 





















































3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

LARGEST DESIGN FLOW OF ANY ONE BOX GUTTER L/s 
NOTE: Additional values can be calculated using the formula— (} = A^ x '^^^/5/3600 



16 



FIGURE 18 DESIGN GRAPH FOR SUMP/HIGH-CAPACITY OVERFLOW DEVICE 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 152 



APPEMDIX J 
BOX GUTTER SYSTEMS^GENERAL METHOD—EXAMPLES 

(Informative) 

Jl SCOPE 

This Appendix sets out examples that illustrate the application of the general method (see 
Clause 3.7) for the sizing of solutions for the fbilowing: 

(a) Example 1 — Box gutters, rainheads and downpipes. 

(b) Example 2 — Box gutters, sump/side overflow devices and downpipes. 

(c) Example 3 — Box gutters, sump/high-capacity overflow devices and associated 
vertical downpipes. 

The calculations are presented in an explanatory form to assist first and occasional users. 
The adopted order of accuracy in the examples is consistent with the accuracy of the 
assumptions on which they are based. 

NOTE: Appendix D gives guidelines for the determination for any place in — 

(a) Australia, of rainfall intensities for 5 mins duration and ARIs of 20 and 100 years; and 

(b) New Zealand, of rainfall intensities for 10 mins duration and ARIs of 10 and 50 years. 

J2 EXAMPLE 1: BOX GUTTERS, RAINHEADS AND DOWNPIPE 

J2.1 Problem 

A building as shown in Figure Jl is to be constructed at Doncaster, a suburb of Melbourne, 
Victoria (see Figure E7). Determine the size of the box gutters and associated vertical 
downpipes with rainheads that are to discharge to the site stormwater drains of the surface 
water drainage system. 

To assist the understanding of this example the application of Figure 11 and 13 is shown in 
Figure J2. 



COPYRIGHT 



153 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 



Wall- 



Rainhead 



Downpipe 




FIGURE J1 BUILDING PLAN 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



154 



Design flow (O). L/s 




150 130 110 90 70 1 2 3 4 5 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 



Minimum depth of box gutter discharging 

to rainhead Inciuding freeboard [h^] with 

siope adjustment in mm 



Design fiow (O). L/s 



FIGURE 11 REQUIRED SIZE OF BOX GUTTER DISCHARGING TO A RAINHEAD 

(a) Application of Figure 11 




7 6 9 10 11 12 

DESIGN FLOW (0 1 , L/s 



120 160 200 240 280 
100 140 180 220 260 300 

LENGTH OF A RAiNHEAD ( /r I , mm 



FIGURE 13 DESIGN GRAPH FOR RAINHEAD 

(b) Application of Figure 13 

(The Figures above have been reprodueed in reduced size for the purpose of this example only. 

Use Figures in Appendix 1 when designing or checking components of box gutter systems.) 

FIGURE J2 EXAMPLE 1— APPLICATION OF FIGURES 11 AND 13 

COPYRIGHT 



155 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



J2.2 Calculation 

The calculation below illustrates the application of the procedure shown in Figure 3.8. Each 
step designation (for example (b)) has a corresponding letter in the flow chart. Proceed as 
follows: 

(a) From Table 3.1, select 100 years ARI for Australia, and 50 years ARl for New 
Zealand. 

(b) The latitude and longitude of the site at Doncaster (Melbourne), Victoria are 37.8°S 
and 145.2°E. 

From Figure E7, the five minutes duration, 100 year ARl rainfall intensity for the 
given latitude and longitude is 178mm/h. Take this as 180mm/h. Hence 
''V5- 180mm/h. 

(c) The dimensions and other relevant data are shown on Figure Jl. 

(d) Select position of expansion joint and rainheads as shown in Figure Jl. 

(e) Refer to Figure 3.9(b). 
Roof//h= 14.5 m X 18 m-261 m\ 
Roof slope 1:6. Rise = 1/6 x 18 m == 3 m. 
Roof ^vi = 14.5 m X 3 m = 43.5 ml 
WalMv2 = 14.5 m x 8.8 m 

= Ml, 6 m^ 



^c-A + ^/2(^V2-yivi) 

A, - 261 m- + V2 (127.6 - 43,5)m^ 

A, - 303 m^ 

(f) From (b), "V5 = 1 80 mm/h. From Step (e) A^ = 303 mml 
From Figure 1 1 , g = 1 5 L/s. 

(g) Is the design flow g > 1 6 L/s.? No. Go to Step (h). 

(h) From Figure 11, for g= 15 L/s, select sole width of box gutter (Wbg) "^ 450 mm and 
gradient = 1 :200. 

(i) From Figure II, for Q = 15 L/s, w^g "^ 450 and gradient = 1 ;200, the actual minimum 
depth of box gutter including freeboard (/?a) "^ 140 mm. 

As each box gutter discharges to a rainhead that is designed to divert the design How 
away from the building in the event of a total blockage of the downpipe, without 
increasing the depth of flow in the box gutter, this is the minimum depth required for 
the box gutter. 

Use box gutters 450 mm x 140 mm minimum with a gradient 1 :200. 

(j) The design flow in each box gutter is also the design flow in the rainhead. From 
Step(f), e== 15 L/s. 

Select 125 mm diameter downpipe. From Figure 13, depth of water in 
rainhead = 207 mm, total depth of rainhead /?, = 345 mm. 

Alternatively, select 150 mm x 100 mm downpipe. From Figure 13, depth of water in 
rainhead = 144 mm, total depth of rainhead /?i ^ 240 mm. Use total depth of 
rainhead = 250 mm. 

(k) Check if the total depth h^ needs to be adjusted as required by Note 1 of Figure 12 
RAINHEAD. 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



156 



(I) From Figure 13, for h,y= 140 mm, length of rainhead {l,) = 185 mm (use 200 mm), and 
total depth of rainhead {h^) = 250 mm. 

(m) Refer to Figure 12 and Figure 3.7(a). Final dimensions of rainhead, /z, = 250 mm, 

/2, - 25 = 225 mm, h.^ = 1 50 mm. /, = 200 mm. 

J3 EXAMPLE 2: BOX GUTTERS, SUMP/SIDE OVERFLOW DEVICES AND 
DOWNPIPES 

J3 1 Problem 

A building as shown in Figure J3 is to be constructed in Brisbane, Queensland (see 
Figure E3). Determine the size of the box gutters and the associated vertical downpipe with 
sump/side overflow device that is to discharge to the site stormwater drains of the surface 
water drainage system. 

To assist the understanding of this example the application of Figures 14 and 16 is shown in 
Figure J4. 



0,3 m 




FIGURE J3 ROOF PLAN 



COPYRIGHT 



157 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 










1 1 J 1 
Wldlh o( box guMor 


iM-bal. "im {typical) -- 








-^ 


300, 


60 
































■375; 


























^^ 




i 50 






















^ 


^-^ 








450 




















^^-^ 


•^ 


_^ 


--^ 






525, 


J 40 

u. 
O 

< 20 

10 
n 
















^ 




^ 


^-^ 


^ 


H ■ 






Soo, 














•^ 


^ 




;;::::: 


-^ 


::== 


"^ 








-- 


-■ 


-- 


b:; 


^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


r" 






















r 


'^ 





















































1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
LARGEST DESIGN FLOW OF ANY ONE BOX GUTTER L/s 

(a) Determination of values for /^p 

































5 160 



























...-»- 


200 




Width of overflow channel dTj^,), mm (typical) 


■"^"" 




-r" 


300- 

"^so""" 


























^" 










_"-_- 


— ■- 


-_ - 


- — 


-^ 




■ — ' 


0"o 




















% 


^ 
















•^ — ' 








X nJ 
^ 1 loo 
















^ 


^ 





_^____, 










^ 


...^ 




° I 

1 80 
1 60 








„^^i^ 










,.>'^ 






^ ■ 


-^ 














^^ 




^ 


^. 























^0-^ 








^^ 



























> 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

TOTAL DESIGN FLOW FROM EACH GUTTER AND SECTION OF ROOFING L/s 



(b) Determination of values for gL 



FIGURE 14 DESIGN GRAPH FOR SUMP 



FIGURE 16 REQUIRED SIZE OF 
SUMP/SIDE OVERFLOW DEVICE 



(al Application of Figure 14 (b) Application of Figure 16 

(The figures above have been reproduced in a reduced size for the purpose of this example only. 
Use Figures in Appendix I when designing or checking components of box gutter systems.) 

FIGURE J4 EXAMPLE 2 —APPLICATIONS OF FIGURES 14 AND 16 

J3.2 Calculation 

The calculation below illustrates the application of the procedure shown in Figure 3.9. Each 
step designation (for example Step (b)) has a corresponding letter in the flow^ chart. Proceed 
as follows: 



(a) 

(b) 

(c) 
(d) 

(e) 



From Table 3.1, select 100 years ARI for Australia, and 50 years ARI for New 
Zealand, for box gutters with a normal factor of safety. 

From Figure D3, the 5 min duration, 100 year ARI rainfall intensity ('^^^^/s) for 
Brisbane is 330 mm/h. 

The dimensions and other relevant data are shown in Figure J3. 

Expansion Joints are installed at 10 m intervals along the box gutter near the parapet 
with sumps and downpipes midway between the expansion joints (see Figure J3). 

With reference to Figure 3.9(b), the parapet 300 mm wide directs rain falling on top 
surface into the box gutter. Therefore, include as catchment area (see Clause 3.4). 

Length of roof + parapet = 16.9 m. 

Roof ^1, - 5 m X 1 6.9 m - 84.5 ml 

Roof slopes at 1 : 10. 

Roof rise == 1/10 x 16.6 m = 1.7 m. 



Roof// 



v2 



5 m X 1.7 m = 8.5 m , 



Parapet A^\ = 5 m x 1 m == 5 m^. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 158 



Ac = A/, + V2(Ay2-AM) 

//, - 84.5 + '/2(8.5m^-5m^) 

Ac = 86.3 m^- 

(f) From (b) '^^^5 = 330 mm/h. From Step (e), A, = 86.3 mml 
From Figure 11, ^ ^ 8 L/s for each gutter. 

(g) Sole width ^ 600 mm, gradient of box gutters = 1 :200 

(h) Is the total design flow through the outlet Q> 16 L/s? No. Go to Step (i). 

(i) Are the gradients of the box gutters flatter than 1 :200? No. Go to Step (j). 

(j) Total design flow = 2x8 - 16 L/s. Select 150mm diameter downpipe. From 
Figure 14 and 15, h^ = 220 mm. 

(k) For either box gutter Qmux- ^ 8 L/s. From Figure 16(a), /oc ^ 26 mm. 

(1) Select width of overflow weir Woc - 300 mm. 

(m) Total design flow = 16 L/s. From Item (1), H^oc = 300mm. From Figure 16(b), 
doc = 132 mm. From (/:), /oc = 26 mm. h, = (/oc + (doc + 30)) - (0.7 /oc) = 1 70 mm. 
Alternatively, if Woc =" 450 mm. From Figure 16(b) d^c "= 102 mm, h^ = 140 mm. 

(n) From (k), /oc = 26 mm. For h^oc - 300 mm, ^i^g = /^c + (doc + 30) =^ 1 88 mm. For 
Woe ="450 mm, ^bg "^ /oc + (^oc + 30) = 158 mm. Select appropriate option, say 
d\,„ = 1 88 mm. Go to (o). 

(o) Refer to Figure 15 and Figure 3.7(b). Sump details. From Step (j), depth of sump 
hs = 220 mm. Width of sump = Woc + 2 /oc = 300 + 2 x 26 =^ 352 mm min. This is less 
than the allowable minimum of 400 mm (Figure 15). Use 400 mm. 

Overflow duct details. For Woc ^ 300, c/oc ^ 132 mm. Hence, overflow duct opening 
300 mm X 132 mm for depth of box gutter = 188 mm. Bottom edge of duct 
0.7 X 26 = 1 8 mm above sole of gutter. 

J4 EXAMPLE 3: BOX GUTTERS, SUMP/HIGH-CAPACITY OVERFLOW 
DEVICES AND DOWNPIPES 

J4.1 Problem 

A sump/high-capacity overtlow device is to be fitted to the outlet of 5.0 m long and 3.8 m 
long box gutters with gradients of 1:200 and sole widths of 600 mm. Inflow from the 
catchment area of the roof is at the rate of 1 .7 L/s/m. Determine the size of the box gutters 
and the sump/high-capacity overflow device including the normal and overflow vertical 
downpipes. 

To assist the understanding of this example the application of Figures 14, 16(a) and 18 is 
shown in Figure J5. 



COPYRIGHT 



159 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



N 


D 
(1 


OM 

F 

YP 


IC/ 


L 

IPE 
\L) 




E 
m 


\ 





iia. 
/ 


10 


; 
/ 


75 
/ioo 


di 


10 


D 


; 1 


)0 






.12 


5 ( 


IS 
ia. 





/ 


00 

f\ 

26 X 
40 die 

hi- 

dia. 


25 


- 


- 


- 


- 


- 




1 


/ 

i 


/ 

/ 


/ 






1. 


/ 




" 




/ 


\l 




/ 


i 


/ 










i 


1 


/ 


i 
1 


/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 


1 


/ 


/ 


/ 


f 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


- 








/ 


1 
1, 


'/ 


/ 


1 


} 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


^ 


^ 


^ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


15 


/ 


1 


iO 
/ 


i 


^ 


\ 
1/ 


ll 


1 
/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 


^ 


^ 


^/ 




/ 


/ 


/ 




^ 


/ 


/ 


/ 



























2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 11 12 13 U 15 

DESIGN FLOW (O) L/s IN DOWN PIPE 








^ 


— ^ 

width 


- 1 
ol box gutter 


■«^g 


,.. 


i 
(typical) - 




— ■ 




^ 


300, 


























^ 


^ 


s: 






















^ 














^ 




^ 




^ 




-- 


-- 


-- 


<^ 


^ 


^ 


^ 




¥ 




















^ 








I 
1 






























1 
1 

















1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
LARGEST DESIGN FLOW OF ANY ONE BOX GUTTER L/b 

(a) Determination of values for Ln 



FIGURE 14 DESIGN GRAPH FOR SUMP 



FIGURE 16 DESIGN GRAPH FOR 
SUMP/SIDE OVERFLOW DEVICE 



(a) Application of Figure 14 



(b) Application of Figure 16 



FIGURE J5 (in part) EXAMPLE 3— APPLICATION OF FIGURES 14, 16(a) AND 18 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



160 



O 90 







WIDT 


H OF 


A BC 


X GU 


TIER 


fWbg) 


mm — 


— 


—•■" 


y 


300^ 


















V 


/ 


/ 


> 


/- 
















/ 


/ 


y 


y 


y 
/ 


450^ 












/ 


y 


y 




y 


/ 
^ 




525^ 






/ 


/ 


/ 


/ 






X 
^ 




^ 






/ 


^ 

y 


/ 

6 




■4 




y 










^ 


'f 


^ 


^ 


^ 


















^ 



















































3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

LARGEST DESIGN FLOW OF ANYONE BOX GUTTER L/s 



FIGURE 18 REQUIRED SIZE OF SUMP/HIGH-CAPACITY OVERFLOW DEVICE 

(c) Application of Figure 18 

FIGURE J5 (in part) EXAMPLE 3— APPLICATION OF FIGURES 14, 16(a) AND 18 

TABLE Jl 
DATA FOR EXAMPLE 3 









Depth of box 




Item 


Length 


Design flow 


gutter with 

discharge to 

rainhead (/i^) 

from Figure It 


Width 




m 


L/s 


mm 


mm 


Box gutter 












(a) 


5.0 


8.5* 


(1.7x5.0) 


105 


600 


(b) 


3.8 


6.5 


(1.7 X 3.8) 


98 


600 


Sump 


0.6 
(see Figure 17) 


1.0 


(1.7 xO.6) 


" — ■ 


— 


lolals 


9.4 


16.0' 




— 


— 



* Largest design flow from any one box gutter. 

■ Total design flow from each box gutter and section of roofing. 



COPYRIGHT 



Al 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



J4.2 Calculation 

The calculation below illustrates the application of the procedure shown in Figure 3.10. 
Each step designation (for example (b)) has a corresponding letter in the flow chart. 
Proceed as follows: 

(a) From Table 3.1, select 100 years ARl for Australia, and 50 years ARI for New 
Zealand, for box gutters with a normal factor of safety. 

(b) (Steps (b) to (g)). The procedure for the determination of the catchment areas and 
design flows is illustrated in Appendix J, Examples 1 and 2. The procedure for the 
determination of the minimum depth of box gutter (h^) for free flow conditions is the 
same as for a box gutter served by a rainhead shown in Example I. Table J 1 
summarizes the results of these procedures for a selected width of box gutter (wbg) = 
600 mm. 

(c) Is the total design flow through the outlet >1 6 L/s? No. Go to Step (i). 

(d) Select 1 :200 min. gradient of box gutters. Go to Step (j). 

(e) Total design flow = 16 L/s. From Figure 14, for a 150 mm diameter downpipe, the 
depth of sump (/zg) = 217 mm. Adopt 220 mm. 

(f) gmax. = 8.5 L/s for any box gutter. Width of box gutter = 600 mm. From 
Figure 16(a), l^c = 27 mm. 

(g) If the downpipe ceases to function because of a blockage, the water level at the ends 
of the box gutters will increase to discharge the design flow across the overflow 
weirs. From Table Jl, the largest flow in any box gutter is Q = 8.5 L/s. From 
Figure 18, for Q = 8.5 L/s and Wbg = 600 mm, the minimum height of the box gutter 
above the top of the overflow weirs (hi) = 83 mm. 

(h) The depth of box gutter has to be sufficient to contain the flow under overflow 
conditions without overtopping. Usually, the minimum total depth of gutter (dy,^) 
required for this condition is more than the minimum total depth of gutter (/z-i) 
required when there are no blockages. But for wide gutters this is not always the case, 
partly because of different levels of freeboard incorporated in the graphs. 

From Step (g) (shown on summary Table Jl), //a = 105 mm. From (1), h^ = 83 mm. 
From (k), /^^j; = 27 mm. /z, + /oc = MO mm. 

Is h,(105) < //i + /oc (110)? Yes. Go to Step (n). 

(i) The minimum depth of box gutter J^g ^ h + /oc = 1 '0 mm. 

Cj) Is /oc >60? No? Go to Step (p). 

(k) The datum level for depth of the sump is the sole of the box gutter. 

(1) Refer to Figure 17. Sump details. From Step (j), depth == 220 mm minimum below sole 
of gutter. Length ^ 600 mm. Width = 600 mm. 

Overflow weirs. From Step (k), crest of weir above sole of gutter == 27 mm. 

From Step (n), depth of box gutter =110 mm minimum. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 162 



APPENDIX K 

SURFACE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS^NOMINAL AND GENERAL METHODS- 
EXAMPLES 



(Informative) 



Kl SCOPE 



This Appendix sets out examples that illustrate the application of the nominal method (see 
Clauses 5.5) and the general method (see Clause 5.4) for the design of solutions for surface 
drainage systems. 

The calculations are presented in an explanatory form to assist first and occasional users. 
The adopted order of accuracy in the examples is consistent with the accuracy of the 
assumptions on which they are based. 

NOTE: Appendix D gives guidelines for the determination for any place in — 

(a) Australia, of rainfall intensities fbr five minutes duration and ARIs of 20 and 100 years; and 

(b) New Zealand, of rainfall intensities for 10 minutes duration and ARIs of 10 and 50 years. 

K2 EXAMPLE 1: NOMINAL METHOD 

K2.1 Problem 

A house on an urban allotment with an area not exceeding 1 000 m^ as shown in Figure Kl 
is to be located in Australia. Design the surface drainage system constructed with non-metal 
products. 

K2.2 Solution 

K2.2.1 Layout 

The layout of the surface drainage system shown, which is in Figure Kl, shall comply with 
Clause 5.3 and have the site landscaped so that the overland flow path is directed away 
from the building, e.g., the cross-fall of a paved path along rear of the building is to be 
away from the building. 

K2.2.2 Site stormwater drains 

For the site stormwater drains — 

(a) the minimum size, determined from Clause 7.3.4 is — 

(i) between a downpipe outlet and a stormwater or inlet pit, DN 90; 

(II) between the stormwater, pits A and B, DN 1 50; and 

(iii) between pit B (see Clause 8.6.1 .2(b)) and the street kerb, two DN 1 00; 

(b) the minimum cover, determined from Table 7.1 is — 
(i) within the property — 

(A) other than under the driveway, 100 mm; and 

(B) under the paved driveway, 75 mm below the underside of the pavement; 
and 

(ii) outside the property under the paved footpath, 50 mm below the underside of 
the pavement; and 

(c) the minimum gradient, determined from Table 7,2 for Australia, is DN 90, DN 100 
and DN 150, 1:100. 

COPYRIGHT 



163 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



K2.3 Stormwater pits 

For stormwater pits — 

(a) the minimum internal dimensions, determined from Table 8.2, are at A and B, 
450 mm x 450 mm (depth to invert of outlet less than 600 mm). 

(b) the minimum fall across each pit is 20 mm (see Figure 8, 4(a)), 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



164 



Kerb line 



Exit to street kerb 



Footpath 



QI 



Grated drain 



fv.I|2 X DN 100 

il] 



Junction 



DN 150 



DN 90 




Pit B 



Fall of land / 

/ / 



/ 

/ Overland flow path 

. allowing for possible 

/ flows from adjoining 

/ properties 



/ 16 



5 m 

1 I I I I I 

Scale 



LEGEND; 
Downpipe, outlet 
Stormwater pit 
Site stormwater drain 



DIMENSIONS IN METRES 



FIGURE K1 STORMWATER DRAINAGE INSTALLATION PLAN— EXAMPLE 1 



COPYRIGHT 



165 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

K3 EXAMPLE 2: GENERAL METHOD— VILLA HOME DEVELOPMENT 

K3.1 Problem 

A three-unit villa home development is to be located in Melbourne, Victoria, on a property 
with an area of 912 m^ (48 m x 19 m) as shown in Figure K2. The property slopes away 
from the street, and since there is some risk of flooding of the garage for Unit 3, a grated 
drain is provided in front of this. For the same reason, an ARl of five years should be 
adopted for the sizing of the surface water drainage system. 

K3.2 Assumptions 

It is assumed that there is little chance of overflows from the street gutter coming through 
this property. However, the site drainage path has to be well established, with any 
overflows being collected in pits or directed beside buildings to the easement drain running 
through the lower part of the site. Specifically, there should be gaps under fences adjacent 
to Pits 2 and 4, so that any overflows can escape without ponding against fences. 

Roof water is collected from the vertical downpipes. Each downpipe for the villa house can 
be assumed to drain 25% of the associated roof. Downpipes on garages can be assumed to 
collect all of the rainwater from a roof plane. 

It is assumed that the paved areas will be reinforced concrete and be capable of taking 
medium vehicle loads. Thus cover depths can be small — a minimum of 100 mm below the 
pavement (say 200 mm overall) will apply. In courtyards without paving, a cover of 
100 mm will be required (see Table 7.1). 

K3.3 Solution 

K3.3.1 Preliminary 

Determine, for an ART of 5 years, values for the following: 

(a) The rainfall intensity for a 5 min duration Cls) is 87 mm/h (see Clause 5.4.5(a)). 

(b) Assuming loam soils, the run-off coefficient for the un-roofed pervious area (Cp) is 
0.147 X 0.95 = 0.14 for a '^50 of 28.6 mm/h (see Equation 5.4.6 in Clause 5.4.6(a)). 

K3.3,2 Procedure 

A trial surface water drainage system is shown in Figure K2. In this case, it is most 
convenient to establish this as two subsystems, running on either side of the lower Unit 3. 
Plastic pipes are assumed to be used, having a roughness coefficient k= 0.0X5 mm (see 
Table 5.6). 

Table Kl can be set up on a spreadsheet program that enables the automatic determination 
of the values shown in the shaded areas. The column numbers below refer to Table Kl : 

Column 1 — identifies the limits for each section of the site stormwater drain. 

Column 2 — gives for each section the length. 

Columns 3, 4 and 5 — give the catchment area for each section, respectively, for the 
upstream — 

(a) root^ the plan area irrespective of the roof slope; 

(b) unroofed impervious (paved) area; and 

(c) unroofed pervious area. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



166 



Kerb 



Grated drain 
and pit 2 



27.5 



Footpath 




DP14 DP13 
iPitV^"^^"^-^^- 



/ 



Courtyard 
Junction J2/ 



-^ 



29,0 AHD 



Fall ot land 



- 28.5 



5 m 

1 1 I I I I 

Scale 



48 



28.0 



DP11 



DP12 



Easement or inter-allotment drain 



LEGEND; 

Downpipe, outlet 

Stormwater pit 

Site stormwater drain 



i 



DIMENSIONS IN METRES 



FIGURE K2 STORMWATER DRAINAGE INSTALLATION PLAN— EXAMPLE 2 



COPYRIGHT 



TABLE Kl 



CALCULATION SHEET— EXAMPLE 2 



o 
o 

o 

X 



1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


Conduit 


Length 


Roof 
area 


Paved 
area 


Pervious 
area 


Equivalent 
impervious area m 


Design 
flows 


Pipe 
diam. 


Pipe 
gradient 


Pipe 
capacity 


Full- 
pipe 
velocity 


Min. fall 
across 
U/Spit 


U/S 

surface 

level 


D/S 

surface 
level 


U/S 
invert 


D/S 
invert 


Cover 
ni 




m 


m^ 


m^ 


m^ 


Sub- 
catchment 


Cumu- 
lative 


L/s 


mm 


1:... 


0.015 mm 

(L/s) 


m/s 


m 


m 


m 


m 


m 


U/S 
pipe 
end 


D/S 
pipe 
end 


DPI to Pit 1 


14.2 


26 








26 


26 


0.6 


90 


25 


12 


0.10 


NA 


28.95 


28.55 


28.61 


28.04 


0.25 


0.42 


DP2 to Pit 1 


5.7 


26 








26 


26 


0.6 


90 


21 


14 


0.10 


NA 


28.60 


28.55 


28.31 


28.04 


0.20 


0.42 


Pit ] to n 


19.4 





96 


64 


95 


147 


3.6 


150 


67 


28 


0.20 


0.02 


28.50 


28.25 


28.02 


27.73 


0.33 


0.37 


DP3 to Jl 


6.9 


26 








26 


26 


0.6 


90 


25 


12 


0.10 


NA 


28.30 


28.25 


28.01 


27.73 


0.20 


0.43 


.n to Pit 2 


11.5 














173 


4.2 


150 


25 


48 


0.24 


NA 


28.25 


27.80 


27.73 


27.27 


0.37 


0.38 


DP4, DPS to Pit 2 


7.1 


52 








52 


52 


1.3 


90 


24.5 


12 


0.20 


NA 


27.85 


27.80 


27.56 


27.27 


0.20 


0.44 


Pit 2 to Pit 3 


10.2 





154 


21 


142 


367 


8.9 


150 


25 


48 


0.50 


0.02 


27.80 


27.45 


27.25 


26.84 


0.40 


0.46 


DP13toDP14 




41 








41 


41 


1.0 


90 


67 


7.5 


0.16 


NA 


27.55 


27.53 


27.26 


27.26 


0,20 


0.18 


DP14toPit3 


2 


15 








15 


56 


1.4 


90 


20 


14 


0.21 


NA 


27.53 


27.45 


27.20 


27.10 


0.24 


0.26 


DP6 to DP7 


13 


26 








26 


26 


0.6 


90 


25 


12 


0.10 


NA 


29.00 


28.60 


28.71 


28.19 


0.20 


0.32 


DP7to DPS 


4 


41 








41 


67 


1.6 


90 


25 


12 


0.25 


NA 


28.60 


28.45 


28.19 


28.03 


0.32 


0.33 


DPS to DP9 


4 


30 








30 


97 


2.3 


90 


33 


11 


0.37 


NA 


28.55 


28.35 


28.03 


27.91 


0.43 


0.35 


DP9 to Pit 4 


12 


41 








41 


138 


3.3 


90 


25 


12 


0.52 


NA 


28.35 


27.90 


27.91 


27.43 


0.35 


0.38 


Pit 4 to DPI! 


1.4 


26 





102 


40 


178 


4,3 


150 


33 


40 


0.24 


0.02 


27.90 


27.90 


27.43 


27.39 


0.32 


0.36 


DPI! toDP12 


8 


26 








26 


204 


4,9 


150 


33 


40 


0.28 


NA 


27.90 


27.60 


27.39 


27.15 


0.36 


0.30 


DP12to J2 


3 


26 








26 


230 


5.6 


150 


33 


40 


0.31 


NA 


27.60 


27.55 


27.15 


27.06 


0.30 


0.34 


Pit to easement 











73 


10 


29 


0,7 


— 


— 


— 


— 




27.45 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 



Sums = 

LEGEND: 
U/S = upstream 
D/S = downstream 
NA = not applicable 



402 250 260 

Total area = 912 m- 






AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 168 



Column 6 — gives for each section the equivalent impervious area calculated from the 
following equation: 



SCM = C,A, + C, 4 Hh Cp^p ... K3 .3 .2( 1 ) 



where 



Y.CA ^ equivalent impervious area of all upstream areas on the property, in 
square metres 

C, = run-off coetYicient, for a roofed area 

Ay = total roofed catchment area, in square metres 

Ci = run-off coefficient for an unroofed impervious (paved) area 

Ai = total unroofed impervious (paved) catchment area, in square metres 

Cp = run-off coefficient for an unroofed pervious (paved) area 

Ap = total unroofed pervious catchment area, in square metres 

In Australia, C, and C, are equal to 1.0 and 0.9, respectively (see Clause 5.4.6), and for 
Example 2 Cp is equal to 0.14 (see Paragraph K3.3.1(b)). 

Column 7 — gives for each section the cumulative equivalent impervious area (see Column 6 
and Figure K2). This has to be determined by the designer, allowing for branching. 

Column 8 — gives for each section the design flow calculated from the following equation 
(see Clause 5.4.8 and Equation 5.4.8): 

. . . K3.3.2(2) 





Q- 


XCA'I, 
3600 


where 








Q 


= ( 




HCA 


= ( 




% 


= I 



design flow, in litres per second 

equivalent impervious area of all upstream areas on the property, in 
square metres 

rainfall intensity tbr a duration of five minutes and an ARl of five years, 
in millimetres per hour 

Column 9— gives for each section the selected minimum pipe diameter (see Clause 7.3.4). 

Column 10 — gives for each section the pipe gradient (see Clause 7.3.5) determined from 
Figure K2 and the minimum cover (see Clause 7.2,6). 

Column 11 — gives for each section the hydraulic capacity of the pipe determined from 
Figure 5, 1(a) for the selected diameter (see Column 9) and adopted gradient (Column 10). 
The hydraulic capacity for each selected minimum diameter pipe is, in this example, 
significantly greater than design flow (see Column 8). 

Column 12 — gives for each section the full-pipe velocity for the design flow (see 
Column 8) calculated from the following equation: 

40002 ...K3.3.2(3) 

v= ^ 

\~\d^ 

where 

V ^ full-pipe velocity, in metres per second 

Q = design flow, in litres per second 

d = diameter of the site storm water drain, in millimetres 

COPYRIGHT 



169 AS/iNZS 35003:2003 



If, for other than steep gradients, the full-pipe velocity exceeds 1.5 m/s select a larger pipe 
diameter (see Column 9) and repeat Columns 1 0, I 1 and 1 2. 

Column 13 — gives for each pit the minimum fall from the upstream to the downstream 
invert levels of 20 mm (see Clause 8.6.3). 

Columns 14 and 15 — give for each pit, downpipe outlet and junction the finished surface 
level determined in Figure K2. 

Columns 16 and 17 — give for each section the — 

(a) upstream invert level determined by — 

(i) the minimum cover (see Clause 7.2.6); or 

(ii) the fall along the immediate upstream section determined from the product of 
the length and gradient (see Columns 2 and 10); and 

(b) downstream invert level determined by — 

(i) the minimum cover as for Item (a) (i); or 
(ii) the minimum fall across a pit (see Column 1 3), 
provided that the upstream invert levels at — 

(A) a junction are the same; and 

(B) a pit are, where practicable, the same or the pipe with the higher invert 
level drops within the pit. 

Columns 18 and 19 — give for each section the upstream and downstream covers determined 
from the difference betw^een the relevant surface level (see Columns 14 and 15) and invert 
level (see Columns 1 6 and 1 7) less the pipe diameter (see Column 9). 

Before proceeding to the sizing of the next section check each cover for compliance with 
Clause 7.2.6 and, where necessary, increase the cover, by lowering the corresponding invert 
level, to satisfy this requirement. 

The minimum internal dimensions of the pits shall comply with Table 8.2. 

K4 EXAMPLE 3: GENERAL METHOD— WAREHOUSE 

K4.1 Problem 

A warehouse building with a plan area of 1344m^ is to be located in Penrith, 
New South Wales, on a property with an area of 2482 m" (73 m x 34 m) as shown in 
Figure K3. The property slopes to the street. 

K4.2 Assumptions 

it is assumed that — 

(a) overflow from the adjoining properties and Pits A and B will follow the overland 
flow path shown in Figure K3; and 

(b) the roof of the building falls to the east with the roof water collected at five vertical 
downpipes that discharge to the site stormwater drains connected to the street pit with 
an invert level of 13.00 m AHD. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/S 3500.3:2003 170 

K4.3 Solution 

K4.3. 1 Preliminary 

Determine, for an ARI of two years, values for the following: 

(a) The rainfall intensity for a 5 min duration ^Is) is 96 mm/h (see Clause 5.4.5(a)). 

(b) The run-off coefficient for the un-roofed pervious area (Cp) is 0.348 x 0.85 = 0.30 for 
a '%o of 28.6 mm/h (see Equation 5.4.6 in Clause 5.4.6(a)). To allow for clay soils at 
the site, 0.1 is added, so C,, - 0.30 + 0.10 - 0.40 

K4.3.2 Procedures 

A trial surface water drainage system is shown in Figure K3. The site storm water drains are 
to be of FRC pipes, having a roughness coefficient k=QA5 mm. 

Table K2 can be set up on a spreadsheet program that enables the automatic determination 
of the values shown in the shaded areas. The explanation of the application, but not the 
values for Example 2, given in Paragraph K3.3.2 are also applicable to Table K2. 

In some cases the pipe diameter (see Column 9) and the cover (see Columns 18 and 19) 
could be reduced; however, since the clearance of blockages and replacement of pipes may 
be costly the preferred layout is shown in Figure K3. 



COPYRIGHT 



171 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



Kerb 



Street pit 



Footpath 



IK 



Pit C Pit D' 

Landscaped area 



•.•.•.•.Grated/.V'.-./ 
'•'■drain •'•It-/ Pit E 

^iiiilijuiijijiiiiiiHjriiii''' 




Downpipe.'.-.-/^ 
;:dP5 :::::: Z///^- 




14.5 AHD 



Fall of land 



-15.0 



5 lOm 

1 I I I I I I I li I 

Scale 



•15.5 



Entry point of overflows ...^--•^Z 

from adjoining properties —'""""' / 



LEGEND; 



Downpipe, outlet - 

Stormwater pit = 

Site stormwater drain == 



DIMENSIONS IN METRES 



FIGURE K3 STORMWATER DRAINAGE INSTALLATION PLAN— EXAMPLE 3 



COPYRIGHT 



o 
o 

-< 
CD 



TABLE K2 
CALCULATION SHEET— EXAMPLE 3 



1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


9 


10 


11 


12 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


Conduit 


Length 


Roof 
area 


Paved 
area 


Pervious 
area 


Equiva 
impervious 


ilent 
area ni" 


Design 
flows 


Pipe 
diani. 


Pipe 
gradient 


Pipe 
capacity 


Full- 
pipe 
velocity 


Min. fall 
across 

IJ/S pit 


U/S 

surface 

level 


D/S 

surface 
level 


U/S 
invert 


D/S 

invert 


Cover 
m 




m 


m^ 


m^ 


m^ 


Sub- 
catcliment 


Cumu- 
lative 


L/s 


mm 


1:... 


k= 
0.015 mm 

(L/s) 


M./S 


m 


m 


m 


m 


m 


U/S 
pipe 
end 


D/S 

pipe 
end 


DPI to Jl 


16.7 


168 








168 


168 


4.5 


150 


37 


34 


0.25 


NA 


15.60 


15.35 


15.25 


14.80 


0.20 


0.40 


DP2to J J 


3.8 


336 








336 


336 


9.0 


150 


19.2 


50 


0.51 


NA 


15.35 


15.35 


15.00 


14.80 


0.10 


0.40 


Jl to Pit A 


15.8 














504 


13.5 


150 


50 


30 


0.76 


0.02 


15.35 


15.15 


14.80 


14.48 


0.40 


0.52 


DP3 to Pit A 


7.1 


336 








336 


336 


9.0 


150 


22 


45 


0.51 


NA 


15.15 


15.15 


14.80 


14.48 


0.20 


0.52 


Pit A to Pit B 


19.6 





403 





363 


1203 


32.1 


200 


50 


62 


1.02 


0.02 


15.15 


14.80 


14.46 


14.07 


0.49 


0.53 


DP4 to Pit B 


11.6 


336 








336 


336 


9.0 


150 


22 


45 


0.51 


NA 


14.95 


14.80 


14.60 


14.07 


0.20 


0.58 


Pit B to Pit E 


20.8 





260 





234 


1773 


47.3 


225 


50 


83 


1.19 


0.02 


14.80 


14.40 


14.05 


13.63 


0.53 


0.54 


Pit C to Pit D 


19.2 








63 


25 


25 


0.7 


100 


100 


7 


0.09 


NA 


14.50 


14.48 


14.20 


14.01 


0.20 


0.37 


DP 5 to Pit D 


6.7 


168 








168 


193 


5.2 


100 


23 


15 


0.66 


NA 


14.60 


14.48 


14.30 


14.01 


0.20 


0.37 


Pit D to Pit E 


11.3 








126 


50 


243 


6.5 


150 


31 


37 


0.37 


0.02 


14.48 


14.40 


13.99 


13.63 


0.34 


0.62 


Pit E to Street Pit 


5.7 





251 


35 


240 


2256 


60.2 


225 


25 


120 


1.51 


0.02 


14.40 


— 


13.61 


13.38 


0.57 


— 



Sums = 


1344 


914 224 


T PTrFxin- 


Total area = 


2482 m^ 


U/S = upstream 






D/S = downstream 






NA == not applicable 







N 

p 
o 



173 



A S/NZS 3500.3:2003 



APPENDIX L 
EXAMPLE CALCULATION—PUMPED SYSTEM 

(Informative) 



1000 m =0.1 ha 
1 years 
120 min 
44.4 mm/h 
0.9 



LOCATION—BRISBANE 

Contributing area (A) = 

ARI 

Storm period (T) = 

Rainfall intensity (/) = 

Coeffieient of run-off (Cro) == 

Peak discharge calculated using the rational method: 

Q = CoX/= 0-9x44.4 

Q = 39.96 (say 40 L/h/m') 
Volume for 2 h storm: 

V = QxTxA -(40/ 1000)x 2 X 1000 =80 m^^ 

ALTERNATIVE PUMP CAPACITY— WET WELL VOLUME COMBINATIONS 



Site Area 



1000 m' 



Combined effective storage volume 80 m"^ 



Pump capacity 

(Lis) 


Volume pumped in 30 min 


Required wet well volume 


40 


72 


10 


30 


54 


26 


20 


36 


44 


10 (min) 


18 


62 



COPYRIGHT 



A S/M/.S 3500.3:2003 



174 



Pump discharge 



Overflow 



^ 



Design wet 
well storage 

capacity 



OFL 



4—!- 1 HLAL 

tlOO 1 

-J~4 + IL Inlet 



100 



t 



Design TWL 



Pump start 



Pump stop 

100 
-LLAL 



topi ^ 




Inlet 



V^PCs 



(>- 



NOTES: 

OFL 

HLAL = 
LLAL = 

^10/120 - 
PC30 ~ 
PC5 - 



•^ = V10/120 - PC 



30 



or < 1% catchment area 
or < 3 m^ 



Overflow level 

High-level alarm level 

Low-level alarm level 

Volume in 10 year ARI, 120 minute storm 

Pump capacity over 30 min 

Pump capacity over 5 min 



DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES 



FIGURE L1 PUMP SYSTEM EXAMPLE 



COPYRIGHT 



175 AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



APPENDIX M 

SUBSOIL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS—DESIGN 

(Informative) 



Ml SCOPE 



This Appendix provides guidance for the design of subsoil drainage systems. Because 
decisions are dependent on particular site or soil conditions, detailed design of such systems 
is complex and, unless otherwise required to be authorized by the regulatory authority, 
should be undertaken with advice from a suitably qualified competent person. 
NOTES: 

1 This Appendix does not cover— 

(a) the subsurface drainage of large areas of land, such as playing fields; 

(b) systems for removal of stormwater by adsorption or infiltration into permeable soils; 
and 

(c) drainage systems behind retaining walls. 

2 An example of a suitable qualified competent person is a professional engineer specializing in 
geotechnical engineering. 

M2 PURPOSE 

The purpose of the subsoil systems covered in this Standard is to drain away ground water 
and, possibly, surface water in the vicinity of buildings in order to — 

(a) increase the stability of the ground and footings of buildings by inducing a more 
stable moisture regime and reducing foundation movements due to variations in the 
soil moisture content; 

(b) mitigate surface water ponding and waterlogging of soils by lowering watertables; 

(c) increase soil strength by reducing its moisture content; and 

(d) prevent damage, where applicable, due to frost heave of subsoil. (This generally 
applies to sites 1 000 m or more above sea level.) 

The investigation and design of subsoil drainage systems are uncertain processes. Only in a 
very limited number of situations can the need for subsoil drainage be identified without 
detailed subsurface investigations involving excavations, field observations and soil tests. 
One important factor indicating a need for subsoil drainage is the presence of a watertable 
high enough to have an adverse effect on the development. 

In clay soils, subsoil drains can alter long-term soil moisture regimes so that building 
foundations are adversely affected by removing water, or in some cases by introducing 
water. In such conditions, subsoil drains should only be used where there are no other 
options for solving a dampness problem. 

>JOTE: Consideration should be given to the possible effects of intermittent or. permanent 
reduction in ground water levels on adjacent lands. In soils with a clay content exceeding 20%, 
lowering w^atertables can cause soil shrinkage and damage to structures. AS 2870.1 recommends 
against placing subsoil drains too close to buildings on clayey sites. 

m:3 types 

The types of subsoil drains commonly used are shown in Figure Ml . These may be installed 
on flat ground, in a sag or depression, or on sloping ground. The basic parts of a subsoil 
drain are shown in Figure Ml (a) — a trench and fill or filter material, commonly sand or 
gravel. This simple arrangement is called a rubble drain or French drain. 

COPYRIGHT 



AS/N/.S 3500.3:2003 



176 



Figure Mi(b) shows the addition of a geotextile lining to prevent external fine soil particles 
being washed into the filter material and clogging it. Figure M 1(c) shows the addition of a 
pipe to promote more rapid drainage. This is a typical subsoil drain. The pipe is perforated 
to allow easy entry of water and can be rigid or flexible. Figure Ml(d) shows two further 
variations — an impervious cap for situations where the drain is intended to collect only 
subsurface flows, and bedding material for cases where the base of the excavation is 
unsuitable as a pipe support. 

Figures M 1(e), (f) and (g) show more elaboration. The pipe can be wrapped in geotextile to 
prevent piping and loss of filter material. Geocomposite drains of various configurations 
and manufacture can be provided. These are usually of plastic wrapped in geotextile and 
various proprietary systems are available. Finally, Figure Ml(h) shows an external layer of 
filter material provided around the geotextile encompassing the filter material. This might 
be used where there is a likelihood of fine particles or deposits, e.g. iron precipitates, 
clogging the geotextile. 

In general, subsoil drains connect into a pit, which is part of a surface water drainage 
system, with the subsoil drain pipe or strip drain penetrating the pit wall. Weepholes with a 
suitable geotextile filter may also be used to admit water from the filter materials into the 
pit. 





■ Fill or ; 






filter 






:^material 






Trench 


(a) 


Basic sys 


[em 



Pervious backfil 



'////////////////j 



^ 



0^^^yj^y^>y^/^^>J 



(bl Geotextile filter 



y//////////^/:///, 



Y///////r////u/^ 



(c) Pipe drain 



Impervious cap-\^ 



y)^////'/y>/////\ 



^j^jyy^jjjy/jj>}A 



(d) Pipe drain with bedding, 
excluding surface water 



y/////////^////// 






■Pipe wrapped 
in geotextile -■ 



yyy/y//y//yA 



1. . 

W//?mf/A Vertical 




geocomposite 
drain 



Horizontal 

geocomposite 

drain 






Pervious filter layer 
on trench sides 



(el Geotextile 
around pipe 



(f) Geocomposite 
drain in 
narrow trench 



(g) Geocomposite 
drain in 
shallow trench 



(h) Soil filter layer 
avoid clogging of 
geotextile 



to 



FIGURE M1 TYPES OF SUBSOIL DRAINS 



M4 LAYOUT 

1V14.1 General arrangement 

Relevant layouts for the types of subsoil drainage systems covered here include — 

(a) subsoil drains on one or more sides of a building or cutting, including cut-off drains 
for interception of ground water flows from higher land; and 

COPYRIGHT 



177 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



(b) drainage systems for mitigating waterlogging or lowering watertables on small to 
medium areas of land, e.g. less than 500 m". 

These may involve branch subsoil drains connecting to a main subsoil drain. Main subsoil 
drains often follow natural depressions. 

The layout is directly related to the topography, the location of buildings and access points, 
the geology (nature of subsoil and level of ground water) and area of a property. Subsoil 
drains shall connect to a stormwater pit or a point of connection, and be consistent with the 
layouts for the site stormwater drain and the external stormwater drainage network. 

Suggested maximum spacings for branch subsoil drains are as given in Table M I . 

TABLE Ml 

SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPACING OF BRANCH SUBSOIL DRAINS 





Soil type 


Depth of invert of main subsoil drains 




0.8 to 1.0 m 


1.0 to 1.5 ni 




IVIaxiniuni spacing, ni 


Sand 

Sandy loam 
Loam 

Clay loam 
Sandy clay 
Clay 


16 to 20 

12 to 16 
6 to 12 
2 to 6 


45 to 90 
30 to 45 
20 to 30 

15 to 20 



Source: BS 8301:1985 
M4.2 Specifications — Drains 

Subsoil drains should — 

(a) be laid with even gradients and straight runs, with a minimum number of changes to 
these and with any changes made at an appropriate fitting or at a pit; 

(b) have a cover as specified in Clause 7.2.6; 

(c) where under or in proximity to buildings, comply with Clause 7.2.9; 

(d) where in proximity to other services, comply with Clause 7.2.7; 

(e) be sized in accordance with Paragraph M5; and 

(f) have clean-out points, as specified in Clause 7.4.1(c). 
M4.3 Specifications — Filters 

Filter materials and geotextiles shall be as specified in Clause 2.13. 

MS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 

M5.1 Drain dimensions and spacings 

The depth of a subsoil drain is dictated by either the ground water conditions or the amount 
by which the ground water level is to be lowered. The following criteria are recommended: 

(a) Interceptor drains that aim to remove flows from a particular soil stratum or an 
aquifer should completely penetrate the stratum and should extend to a depth of 
1 50 mm to 300 mm into the impervious strata below. 

(b) Where the subsoil drain is intended to lower the general ground water level, the 
determination of the depth of drain depends on whether there is a single or a multi- 
drain system as shown in Figure M2, 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



178 



Analysis in these cases depends on knowledge of the hydraulic properties of the soil, 
and on theoretical solutions. A professional engineer with geotechnical expertise shall 
carry out the design work in critical cases. 

For less critical situations, the drawdown curve for a single drain can be assumed to 
have the characteristics given in Table M2. 

For multi-drain systems, the drain spacings given in Table M3 can be used in less 
critical applications. 

Clay soils present particular problems as they may be too impermeable for any 
drawdown to occur and expert geotechnical advice should be sought. 

(c) Trench widths be a minimum of 300 mm where circular pipes are used. A minimum 
width of 450 mm is required where human access is required. Where a trench is 
deeper than 1.5 m, shoring as specified by relevant construction safety acts and 
regulations shall be used. 

For geocomposite drains set vertically, as shown in Figure 6.1(f), the minimum trench 
width shall be 100 mm. 

(d) Drains be constructed with the base of the trench at an even slope, so that the trench 
acts as a rubble drain even if the pipe or geocomposite drain is blocked. 

(e) Where a subsoil drain pipe or geocomposite drain connects to a pit or a pump-out 
sump, there be access for easy inspection of flows so that the performance of the 
subsoil drain can be monitored. For drains in critical locations, a means of 
backflushing be provided to clear blockages. 

(1) Subsoil drains not be directly connected to street kerbs and gutters, or to street 
stormwater drains, in cases where backflow might cause damage. 



Zone of influence 



Drain spacing 



Cl 



/- Original 

groundwater 
level ■— -" 



Drawdown 
curve 

Underlying 
stratum 




(a) Single drain 



(b) Multi-drain 



FIGURE M2 WATER TABLE DRAWDOWNS TO SINGLE AND MULTI-DRAIN SYSTEMS 



COPYRIGHT 



179 



AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



TABLE 1V12 
TYPICAL DRAWDOWN VALUES ASSOCIATED WITH A SINGLE DRAIN 



Soil type 


Zone of influence 
ni 


Typical gradient of 
drawdown curve 


Coarse gravel 


150 


— ' 


Medium gravel 


50 




200 to 1:100 


Course sand 


40 




100 to 1:33 


Medium sand 


15 to 30 




50 to 1 :20 


Fine sand 


8 to 15 




20 to 1:5 


Silt/elay 


Variable 




5 to 1 :2.5 



TABLE M3 
TYPICAL DRAIN SPACING S 



Soil type 


Depth 
m 


Spacing 
m 


Sand 


1 to 2 


50 to 90 


Sandy loam 


1 to 1.5 


30 to 40 


Clay loam (i.e., a clayey silt) 


0.5 to 1 


1 2 to 1 6 



M5.2 Design of conduits 

Pipes or other conduits associated with subsoil drains should meet the following criteria: 

(a) The size of conduits be related to the expected flows through them. These flows will 
be very small in fine-grained soils, but will be larger where — 

(i) the drain is located in a pervious stratum such as a sand that is permanently fed 
by a nearby water body or by heavy rainfall over a prolonged period; or 

(ii) the drain cuts off flow in an aquifer that is carrying a significant How. 

(b) Where circular pipes are used in subsurface drains, normally, a minimum pipe size of 
DN 50 is employed, with larger sizes required for long runs of drains or in situation 
such as those described in Paragraph M5.2(a). 

In cases of the larger flows described in Paragraph M5.2(a) advice shall be sought from a 
professional engineer with geotechnical expertise. 

M5.3 Pipe gradient 

The gradients of subsoil drains should be determined by the topography of the site rather 
than by consideration of self-cleansing velocities. 



COPYRIGHT 



AS/NZS 35003:2003 180 



AMENDMENT CONTROL SHEET 
AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 



Amendment No. I (2006) 



CORRECTION 

SUMMARY: This Amendment applies to Clause 3.5.4, and Appendiees E, I and J. 
Published on 28 July 2006. 

Amendment No. 2 (2010) 



CORRECTION 

SUMMARY: This Amendment applies to Clause 5.4.9(c), Equation 5.4.9 and Figure 7.3. 
Published on 26 March 2010. 



Standards Australia 

Standards Australia is an independent connpany, linnited by guarantee, which prepares and publishes 
nnost of the voluntary technical and commercial standards used in Australia. These standards are 
developed through an open process of consultation and consensus, in which all interested parties are 
invited to participate. Through a Memorandum of Understanding with the Commonwealth government, 
Standards Australia is recognized as Australia's peak national standards body. 



Standards New Zealand 

The first national Standards organization was created in New Zealand in 1932. The Standards Council 
of New Zealand is the national authority responsible for the production of Standards. 
Standards New Zealand is the trading arm of the Standards Council established under the 
Standards Act 1988. 



Australian/New Zealand Standards 

Under a Memorandum of Understanding between Standards Australia and Standards New Zealand, 
Australian/New Zealand Standards are prepared by committees of experts from industry, governments, 
consumers and other sectors. The requirements or recommendations contained in published Standards 
are a consensus of the views of representative interests and also take account of comments received 
from other sources. They reflect the latest scientific and industry experience. Australian/New Zealand 
Standards are kept under continuous review after publication and are updated regularly to take 
account of changing technology. 



International Involvement 

Standards Australia and Standards New Zealand are responsible for ensuring that the Australian and 
New Zealand viewpoints are considered in the formulation of international Standards and that the latest 
international experience is incorporated in national and Joint Standards. This role is vital in assisting 
local industry to compete in international markets. Both organizations are the national members of 
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) and EC (the International Electrotechnical 
Commission). 



Visit our Web sites 

www.standards, org.au www.standards.co.nz 



^ 



N B W ZEALAND 

PA a H t \A/A A O T f. A H O A 



AS/NZS 3500.3/Amdt 3/2012-06-21 

STANDARDS AUSTRALIA/STANDARDS NEW ZEALAND 



Amendment No. 3 

to 

AS/NZS 3500.3:2003 

Plumbing and drainage 

Part 3: Stormwater drainage 



REVISED TEXT 



The 2003 edition of AS/NZS 3500.3 is amended as follows; the amendments should be inserted in the 
appropriate places. 

SUMMARY: This Amendment applies Clauses 1.3.5, 2.4.1, 2.4.3, 4.4.4, 4.13.4 and 8.11.4, and Tables 4.2 and 
4.3. 

Published on 21 June 2012. 

Approved for publication in New Zealand on behalf of the Standards Council of New Zealand on 8 June 2012. 

AMDT Clause 1.3.5 

No. 3 

JUN Delete existing definition and replace with the following: 

2012 

A rainwater collection area whose dominant material has little or no effect on the chemical 
composition of rainwater draining from it. Such materials include acrylic, fibreglass, 
aluminium/zinc and aluminium/zinc/magnesium alloy-coated steel, glass, glazed tiles, 
unplasticized polyvinyl chloride and pre-painted metal. 

AMDT Clause 2.4.1 

JUN Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following: 

2012 

Roof drainage system components made from aluminium alloys, aluminium/zinc and 
aluminium/zinc/magnesium alloy-coated steel, copper, copper alloys, zinc-coated steel, 
stainless steel and zinc shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.1. 

AMDT Clause 2.4.3 

JUN Delete existing text and notes and replace with the following: 

2012 

Accessories and fasteners manufactured from aluminium alloys, aluminium/zinc and 
aluminium/zinc/magnesium alloy-coated steel, copper, copper alloys, zinc-coated steel, 
stainless steel and zinc shall comply with AS/NZS 2179.1. 

AMDT Clause 4.4.4 

JUN Delete existing text and replace with the following: 

2012 

Bedding materials used in conjunction with roof drainage systems shall be chemically 
compatible. Cement-based bedding may be used between tiles and valley gutters other than 
those of exposed aluminium/zinc or aluminium/zinc/magnesium alloy-coated steel. 

AMDT Table 4.2 

JUN Delete existing Table, Legend and Notes, and replace with the following: 

2012 



ISBN (Print) 978-1-86975-411-2 
ISBN (PDF) 978-1-86975-412-9 



0) 

Q. 

E 
o 
o 

o 

O) 

c 
"55 

c 
o 

c 

0) 

E 

3 
O 

o 

(0 



o 

> 

O 
O 

0) 

c 
o 
c 
'(5 
o 



O) 



o) to 

11 

0) Q. 

(0 > 

(/> 

(0 

q 2 

0> oc 

8| 

V) 3 
0) Q. 
OC 



n 

3 
Q. 

< 

O 

CNj 
00 

o 

CM 

o 





Accessory or fastener material 


Fastener material 


Roof drainage 

system 

components and 

any cladding 


Aluminium 
alloys 


Copper and copper 
alloys* 


Stainless steel 
(300 series) 


Zinc-coated steel 
and zinc 


Aluminium/zinc and 
aluminium/zinc/ 
magnesium alloy- 
coated steel 


Lead 


Ceramic or 
organic coated 


material 


Atmospheric classification 




SI and VS 


Mild 


SI and VS 


Mild 


SI and VS 


Mild 


SI and VS 


Mild 


SI and VS 


Mild 


SI and VS 


Mild 


SI, VS and Mild 


Aluminium 
alloys 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


t 


Yes 


t 


t 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


Yes 


Copper and 
copper alloys 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Stainless steel 
(300 series) 


No 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Zinc-coated steel 
and zinc 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Aluminium/zinc 
and 

aluminium/zinc/ 
magnesium alloy- 
coated steel 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


t 


t 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


No 


Yes 


Lead § 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


No 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 



* Includes monel metal rivets. 

t Grade 316 in accordance with ASTM A240 is suitable. 

J Unpainted zinc-coated steel and zinc are suitable for direct contact but should not receive drainage from an inert catchment. 

§ Due to its toxicity, lead is not recommended for rainwater goods. 

LEGEND: 

SI, VS, Mild = severe industrial, very severe and mild classifications (see AS/NZS 2312). 

Yes = acceptable — as a result of bimetallic contact, either no additional corrosion of rainwater goods will take place, or at the worst, only very slight additional 

corrosion. It also implies that the degree of corrosion would not significantly shorten the service life. 
No = not acceptable — moderate to severe corrosion of rainwater goods will occur, a condition which may result in a significant reduction in the service life. 

NOTE: Unless adequate separation can be assured, prepainted rainwater goods should be considered in terms of the base metal or coated metal product. 



o 
c 
O 



file, the one permitted printed copy of this PDF file, or any part of either of them. 

You undertake that you will not modify, adapt, translate, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or 
^ create derivative works based on any of the downloaded PDF file, nor will you merge it with any other 
Q. software or document, even for internal use within your organization. 

g Under no circumstances may this PDF file be placed on a network of any sort without the express 
-5, permission of Standards New Zealand. 

CO You are solely responsible for the selection of this PDF file and any advice or recommendation given by 
g Standards New Zealand or its employees or agents about any aspect of this PDF file is intended for 
I guidance only and is followed or acted upon entirely at your own risk. 
I Standards New Zealand is not aware of any inherent risk of viruses in this PDF file at the time that it is 

o 

-g downloaded. Standards New Zealand has exercised due diligence to ensure, so far as practicable, that this 

:i -I'file does not contain such viruses. 

g >No warranty of any form is given by Standards New Zealand or by any party associated with Standards 

^ o New Zealand with regard to this PDF file, and you accept and acknowledge that Standards New Zealand 

o g will not be liable in any way to you or any to other person in respect of any loss or damage, however 

g I caused which may be suffered or incurred or which may arise directly or indirectly through any use of this 

o - PDF file. 

CO "D 

^ i Regardless of where you were when you downloaded this PDF file you accept and acknowledge that to the 
c ~ fullest extent possible you submit to New Zealand law with regard to this licence and to your use of this 

(0 o. 

w > PDF file. 

E 



0) E 

(0 

q s 

0> oc 
Jf 6 
8| 

(0 3 
0) Q. 
OC 

n 

3 

< _ 

o 

CNj 
00 

o 

CM 

o 

o 
c 
O 



0) 

Q. 

E 
o 
o 

o 

O) 

c 
"55 

c 
o 

c 

0) 

E 

3 
O 

o 

(0 



o 

> 

O 

o 

0) 

c 
o 

c 

"(0 

o 



\- 



O) 



o) to 

11 

0) Q. 

(0 > 

(0 

q s 

0> oc 
8| 

(0 3 
0) Q. 
OC 



n 

3 
Q. 

< 

O 

CNj 
00 

o 

CM 

o 



o 
c 
O 



0) 

Q. 

E 
o 

AMDT 
"SNo. 3 

■E JUN 



(0 

c 
o 

c 

0) 

E 

3 
O 

o 

(0 



2012 



o 

> 

O 
O 

0) 

c 
o 
c 
'(5 



O) 



(0 
o 

o 

c 

0) 

o 

0) 

(0 

3 

o) to 

11 

0) Q. 

(0 > 

0) E 

(0 

q 2 

0> oc 

8| 

(0 3 
0) Q. 
OC 



3 
Q. 

< 

O 

CNj 
00 

o 

CM 

o 



Table 4.3 

Delete existing Table, Legend and Notes, and replace with the following: 





Upper cladding or roof drainage system material 


Lower roof 

drainage system 

material 


Aluminium 
alloys 


Copper and 
copper 
alloys 


Stainless steel 
(300 series) 


Zinc-coated 

steel and 

zinc 


Aluminium/zinc and 
aluminium/zinc/ 

magnesium 
alloy-coated steel 


Lead 


Prepainted 
metal 


Roof tiles 


Plastic 




Glazed 


Unglazed 


Glass 


Aluminium alloys 


Yes 


No 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Copper and copper 
alloys 


* 


Yes 


* 


* 


* 


Yes 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Stainless steel 
(300 series) 


* 


* 


Yes 


* 


* 


Yes 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Zinc-coated steel 
and zinc 


No 


No 


No 


Yes 


No 


* 


No 


No 


Yes 


No 


No 


Aluminium/zinc 
and 

aluminium/zinc/ 
magnesium alloy- 
coated steel 


Yes 


No 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


No 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Lead 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


Yes 


* 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 


Yes 



* Whilst drainage between the materials shown would be acceptable, direct material contact should be avoided (see Table 4.2). 

LEGEND: 

Yes = acceptable 

No = not acceptable 

NOTE: 'Acceptable' and 'not acceptable' imply similar performances to those noted in Table 4.2. 



o 
c 
O 



AMDT Clause 4.13.4 

jUN Delete Clause heading and text and replace with the following: 

2012 

4.13.4 Aluminium/zinc and aluminium/zinc/magnesium alloy-coated steel 

Aluminium/zinc and aluminium/zinc/magnesium alloy-coated steel components, including 
accessories, shall be jointed with sealant joints and fasteners as specified in 
Clause 4.13.1.2. 

AMDT Clause 8.11.4 

JUN Delete existing text and replace with the following: 

2012 

Storages shall be constructed of concrete, masonry, aluminium/zinc and 
aluminium/zinc/magnesium alloy-coated steel, zinc-coated steel, galvanized iron or plastics.